13 .uno%3AClosePreview 3b To exit the page preview, click the Zatvori pregled button.
13 .uno%3APrintPreview 3b Prikazuje pregled odštampane stranice ili zatvara pregled.
29 sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3APB_PATH 23 Opens the Select Path dialogue box.
2e sw%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ACB_SINGLE_JOBS 3f Prints each form letter individually with the selected printer.
2a sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ARB_FILE 20 Saves the form letters in files.
28 sw%3AListBox%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ALB_COLUMN 51 Uses the content of the selected data field as the file name for the form letter.
23 sw%3AEdit%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3AED_PATH 2d Specifies the path to store the form letters.
29 sw%3ANumericField%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ANF_TO 36 Specifies the number of the last record to be printed.
2d sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ARB_PRINTER 18 Prints the form letters.
2b sw%3ANumericField%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ANF_FROM 37 Specifies the number of the first record to be printed.
2a sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ARB_FROM 37 Specifies which records to include in your form letter.
29 sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ARB_ALL 2c Processes all the records from the database.
33 SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_MAILMERGE_RB_GENERATE_FROM_DATABASE 3a Generate each file name from data contained in a database.
2f SW_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_MAILMERGE_RB_SAVE_INDIVIDUAL 37 Click to create one document for every one data record.
2c sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_MAILMERGE%3ARB_MARKED 99 Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.
22 SW_LISTBOX_DLG_MAILMERGE_LB_FILTER e Zatvara odjel.
2f SW_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_MAILMERGE_RB_SAVE_SINGLE_DOC 3d Click to create one big document containing all data records.
1c DBACCESS_HID_TLB_TREELISTBOX e Zatvara odjel.
1f .uno%3ASendOutlineToStarImpress 48 Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.
1d .uno%3ASendOutlineToClipboard 4b Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fabstractdialog%2Fparas 74 Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fabstractdialog%2Foutlines 48 Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fabstractdialog%2FAbstractDialog bc Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.
15 .uno%3ACreateAbstract bc Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.
20 .uno%3ASendAbstractToStarImpress 96 Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.
26 SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE 54 Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.
22 SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_EDIT_FILEURL 54 Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.
11 .uno%3ANewHtmlDoc bc Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.
26 SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_CONTROL_FILEVIEW 54 Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.
27 SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL bc Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX15 d1 Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
18 SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX 102 Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX14 d1 Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
10 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX6 f5 Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
10 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX5 f3 Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX16 52 Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX13 74 Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.
10 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX9 f6 Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the Navigation icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Sljedeći button.
14 SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP a3 Creates a hyperlink when you drag-and-drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.
10 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX8 5a Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.
10 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX4 b5 Sets the drag-and-drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX12 38 Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.
15 SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY a6 Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag-and-drop in the current document. You cannot drag-and-drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX11 4d Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.
15 SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK 164 Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag-and-drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose Tools - Ažuriraj - Links. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.
14 SW_HID_NAVI_OUTLINES 68 Click 1 to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and 10 to view all of the headings.
10 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX7 22 Shows or hides the Navigator list.
10 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX3 a3 Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the Navigation icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".
10 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX2 a7 Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the Navigation icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX10 4d Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX24 c5 Opens the Navigation toolbar, with which you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the "Previous" and "Next" arrows.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX17 4a Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.
10 .uno%3ANavigator e9 Shows or hides the Navigator, with which you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organise master documents.
1e SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA_ERROR 39 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate netacne tabularne formule.
18 SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA 31 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate tabularne formule.
e SW_HID_NID_SEL 27 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate sekcije.
f SW_HID_NID_PREV 34 Postavlja kuros na prethodni objekat odabranog tipa.
f SW_HID_NID_NEXT 34 Postavlja kuros na prethodni objekat odabranog tipa.
11 SW_HID_NID_POSTIT 29 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate bilješke.
13 SW_HID_NID_SRCH_REP 32 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate rezultate pretrage.
e SW_HID_NID_PGE 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
f SW_HID_NID_OUTL 27 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate sekcije.
f SW_HID_NID_MARK 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
16 SW_HID_NID_INDEX_ENTRY 29 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate bilješke.
e SW_HID_NID_OLE 29 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate bilješke.
e SW_HID_NID_TBL 26 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate tabele.
e SW_HID_NID_FTN 26 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate tabele.
e SW_HID_NID_REG 27 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate sekcije.
e SW_HID_NAVI_VS 115 Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.
e SW_HID_NID_DRW 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
e SW_HID_NID_BKM 29 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate bilješke.
f SW_HID_NID_CTRL 26 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate tabele.
14 SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN 3b Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.
e SW_HID_NID_GRF 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
12 SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEUP 3d Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.
e SW_HID_NID_FRM 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
10 SW_HID_SCRL_NAVI b5 If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Frelnet 2d Linkovi datotekama na Internetu su relativni.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Frelfile 55 Linkovi na automatsko ponavljanje teksta direktorije na vašem racunalu su relativni.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Fgroup 4e Lists postojece kategorije i automatsko ponavljanje teksta odgovarajuce staze.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Frename 61 mijenja ime odabranog automatsko ponavljanje teksta kategoriju ime koje ste unijeli u  Ime okvir.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Fpathlb e4 Prikazuje trenutni putanju do direktorija gdje su pohranjeni automatsko ponavljanje teksta odabrane kategorije datoteke. Ako stvarate automatsko ponavljanje teksta kategoriju, odaberite gdje želite spremiti datoteke kategoriju.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Finsert 130 Prikazuje sugestiju za zavrsetak rijeci kao Pomoć nakon sto napisete prva tri slova rijeci koja se podudara sa unosom Automatskog teksta. Da prihvatite prijedlog, pritisnite Enter. Ako vise unosa Automatskog teksta se podudara sa slovima koje ste unijeli, pritisnite Ctr+Tabulator da listate kroz unose.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2FEditCategoriesDialog 44 dodaje, mijenja ili briše automatsko ponavljanje teksta kategorija.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fimport a3 Otvara se okvir za dijalog s kojim možete odabrati 97/2000/XP Microsoft Wordov dokument ili predložak, koji sadrži unosi automatskog teksta koji želite uvesti.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Fname e3 Prikazuje ime odabranog automatsko ponavljanje teksta kategoriji. Da biste promijenili naziv kategorije, upišite novi naziv, a zatim kliknite  Preimenuj. Da biste stvorili novu kategoriju, upišite ime, a zatim kliknite  Nova.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Fnew 61 Stvara novu kategoriju automatsko ponavljanje teksta koristeci ime koje ste unijeli u  Ime okvir.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fmacro 7b Otvara dijalog Dodijeli Makro kutija, s kojim ste priložiti makronaredbu za automatsko ponavljanje teksta odabrane stavke.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fedit bd Otvara odabrani automatsko ponavljanje teksta ulaz za uredivanje u posebni dokument. Napravite promjene koje želite, izaberite Datoteka - Save AutoText, a zatim izaberite  File - Zatvori .
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Freplace 73 Zamjenjuje sadržaj odabrane automatsko ponavljanje teksta ulaz s izborom koji je napravljen u trenutnom dokumentu.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fcopy 23 Kopira odabrani AutoTekst na plocu.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2FAutoTextDialog ee Kreira, ureduje ili unosi Automatski tekst. Možete spremiti formatiran tekst, tekst sa grafikom, tabele I polja kao Automatski tekst. Da brzo unesete Automatski tekst, unesite precicu za Automatski tekst u Vaš dokument, i pritisnite F3.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fcategories 44 dodaje, mijenja ili briše automatsko ponavljanje teksta kategorija.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fnewtext d5 Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.
27 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fnew f7 Stvara novi automatsko ponavljanje teksta ulaz iz odabira koje ste napravili u trenutnom dokumentu. Ulaz je dodao da trenutno odabrane kategorije automatsko ponavljanje teksta. Prvo morate unijeti naziv prije nego što možete vidjeti ovu naredbu.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fautotext b1 Kliknite za prikaz dodatne naredbe za automatsko ponavljanje teksta, na primjer, za stvaranje novih automatsko ponavljanje teksta ulaz iz odabranog teksta u trenutnom dokumentu.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fname bb Ispisuje ime trenutno odabranog unosa Automatskog teksta. Ako imate odaberan tekst u dokumentu, ukucajte ime novog unosa Automatskog teksta, kliknite na AutoTekst  dugme, I odaberiteNovi.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Frename 6a Opens the Rename AutoText dialogue box, with which you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fshortname 8d Prikazuje precicu za odabrani Automatski tekst unos. Ako kreirate novi Automatski tekst unos, ukucajte precicu koju zelite koristiti za unos.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fpath 6e Otvara dijalog Edit Putovi okvir u kojem možete odabrati direktorij za pohranu automatsko ponavljanje teksta.
13 .uno%3AEditGlossary ee Kreira, ureduje ili unosi Automatski tekst. Možete spremiti formatiran tekst, tekst sa grafikom, tabele I polja kao Automatski tekst. Da brzo unesete Automatski tekst, unesite precicu za Automatski tekst u Vaš dokument, i pritisnite F3.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameautotextdialog%2Fnewsc 44 dodjeljuje precac do odabranog automatsko ponavljanje teksta stavke.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameautotextdialog%2Foldsc 44 dodjeljuje precac do odabranog automatsko ponavljanje teksta stavke.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameautotextdialog%2Fnewname 48 Unesite novi naziv za automatsko ponavljanje teksta odabrane komponente.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameautotextdialog%2Foldname 48 Prikazuje trenutni naziv odabranog automatsko ponavljanje teksta stavke.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameautotextdialog%2FRenameAutoTextDialog 48 Prikazuje trenutni naziv odabranog automatsko ponavljanje teksta stavke.
1d .uno%3AAuthoritiesEntryDialog 26 Edits the selected bibliography entry.
16 SW_HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT 2f Jumps na sljedece polje istog tipa u dokumentu.
16 SW_HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV 2f Jumps na sljedece polje istog tipa u dokumentu.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fnumformat a2 Odaberite format za sadržaj polja. Za datum, vrijeme i korisnicki definiranih polja možete kliknuti i "Dodatni oblici" u popisu, a zatim odaberite drugi format.
12 .uno%3AFieldDialog 75 Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fnext 4b Premještanje na prethodnu fusnotu ili krajnja bilješka sidro u dokumentu.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fprev 4b Premještanje na prethodnu fusnotu ili krajnja bilješka sidro u dokumentu.
13 .uno%3AEditFootnote 86 uredivanja odabrane fusnota ili krajnja bilješka sidro. Kliknite ispred fusnota ili krajnja bilješka, a zatim odaberete ovu naredbu.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fnext 3f Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fprevious 43 Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Flast 3f Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Ffirst 40 Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fdelete 46 Briše odabrani unos iz indeksa. Unos teksta u dokumentu se ne briše.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Ftypecb 31 Prikazuje tip indeksa koji odabrani ulaz pripada.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectindexdialog%2FSelectIndexDialog 66 uredivanja odabrani indeks ulaz. Kliknite na pocetku ili u indeks unos, a zatim odaberete ovu naredbu.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2FIndexEntryDialog 66 uredivanja odabrani indeks ulaz. Kliknite na pocetku ili u indeks unos, a zatim odaberete ovu naredbu.
17 .uno%3AIndexEntryDialog 66 uredivanja odabrani indeks ulaz. Kliknite na pocetku ili u indeks unos, a zatim odaberete ovu naredbu.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fremove 48 uklanja odabrani dio iz dokumenta, a umece sadržaj sekcije u dokumentu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Ftree 4f Unesite naziv odjeljka koji želite urediti ili kliknite naziv u  Sekcija list.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2FEditSectionDialog 32 Promjene svojstava sekcija definirane u dokumentu.
11 .uno%3AEditRegion 32 Promjene svojstava sekcija definirane u dokumentu.
c .uno%3ARuler 9b Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.
11 .uno%3AViewBounds 5c Prikazuje ili skriva granice štampati podrucja stranice. Granice igrališta se ne ispisuju.
c .uno%3AMarks 76 Shows or hides field shadings in your document, including non-breaking spaces, custom hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.
11 .uno%3AFieldnames 40 Preklopnici polje prikazati izmedu polja imena i sadržaj polja.
13 .uno%3AControlCodes 8a Prikaze karaktere koji se ne mogu štampati u tekstu, kao što su oznake završetka odlomka, prijeloma retka, pomake tabulatora i razmaka.
11 .uno%3ABrowseView 36 Prikazuje dokument kao što se vidi u web-pregledniku.
12 .uno%3APrintLayout 35 Prikaz kako ce dokument izgledati kad ga odstampatet.
1b .uno%3AShowHiddenParagraphs 27 Prikazuje ili skriva skrivene odlomaka.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2Fpagenumsb 4a Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2Fstylelb 46 Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2Fcolumnrb c2 Umece rucni prijelom stupca (u više stupca), a pomice tekst postaviti na desno od kursora do pocetka sljedece \kolone. Rucni prijelom stupca se iskazuje ne-tiskanje granice na vrhu novi stupac.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2Fpagenumcb d3 dodjeljuje broj stranice koju ste naveli na stranici koja slijedi rucni prijelom stranice. Ova je opcija dostupna samo ako vam dodijeliti razlicite stranicu stil za stranicu koju slijedi rucni prijelom stranice.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2Flinerb 75 Završava trenutnu liniju, a pomice tekst postaviti na pravo pokazivac u sljedeci redak, bez stvaranja novog odlomka.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2FBreakDialog 5c Umece rucni prijelom retka, stupca ili break prijelom stranice na trenutnu poziciju kursora.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2Fpagerb ba Umece rucni prijelom stranice, i krece se utvrdi da tekst desno od kursora do pocetka sljedece stranice. Umetnuti prijelom stranice je oznaceno ne tiskanje granice na vrhu nove stranice.
12 .uno%3AInsertBreak 5c Umece rucni prijelom retka, stupca ili break prijelom stranice na trenutnu poziciju kursora.
14 .uno%3AInsertSection 14f Umece tekst odjeljka na pokazivac pozicije u dokumentu. Takoder možete odabrati blok teksta, a zatim izabrati naredbu da biste stvorili ovu sekciju. Možete koristiti dijelove za umetanje blokova teksta iz drugih dokumenata, primijeniti prilagodene izglede stupca, odnosno zaštititi ili sakriti blokove teksta, ako je ispunjen uvjet.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fcondition 4c Upišite uslov koji mora biti zadovoljen da bi se mogla sakriti ova sekcija.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fhide 33 Sakriva i sprijeèava odabrani odjel od štampanja.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fwithpassword 48 Štiti odabrani odjel sa šifrom. Šifra mora imati minimalno 5 znakova.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Ffile 4e pronadite datoteku koju želite umetnuti kao vezu, a zatim pritisnite  Umetni.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fprotect 2b Sprijeèava odabrani odjel od izmjenivanja.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fprotect 2b Sprijeèava odabrani odjel od izmjenivanja.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fsection 3c Odaberite odjel u datoteci koji želite da ubacite kao link.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fsectionname 3c Odaberite odjel u datoteci koji želite da ubacite kao link.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fselectfile 4e pronadite datoteku koju želite umetnuti kao vezu, a zatim pritisnite  Umetni.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fpassword 37 Otvara kuitju gdje možete promijeniti trenutnu šifru.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Ffilename 7d Unesite put i naziv datoteke za datoteku koju želite umetnuti, ili kliknite dugme Browse ( ...) da biste pronašli datoteku.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fsectionnames 1e Unesite naziv za novu sekciju.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fdde 7d Unesite put i naziv datoteke za datoteku koju želite umetnuti, ili kliknite dugme Browse ( ...) da biste pronašli datoteku.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fwithcond 4c Upišite uslov koji mora biti zadovoljen da bi se mogla sakriti ova sekcija.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2FSectionPage 1e Unesite naziv za novu sekciju.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Flink 53 Umece sadržaj drugog dokumenta ili sekcije iz drugog dokumenta u trenutne sekcije.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fhide 33 Sakriva i sprijeèava odabrani odjel od štampanja.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fselectpassword 37 Otvara kuitju gdje možete promijeniti trenutnu šifru.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fdde 7d Unesite put i naziv datoteke za datoteku koju želite umetnuti, ili kliknite dugme Browse ( ...) da biste pronašli datoteku.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Flink 53 Umece sadržaj drugog dokumenta ili sekcije iz drugog dokumenta u trenutne sekcije.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fwithpassword 48 Štiti odabrani odjel sa šifrom. Šifra mora imati minimalno 5 znakova.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Ffilename 7d Unesite put i naziv datoteke za datoteku koju želite umetnuti, ili kliknite dugme Browse ( ...) da biste pronašli datoteku.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fcurname 1e Unesite naziv za novu sekciju.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findentpage%2Fafter 33 Odreðuje uvlake poslije odjela, na desnoj margini.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findentpage%2Fbefore 32 Odreðuje uvlake prije odjela, na lijevoj margini.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findentpage%2FIndentPage 32 Odreðuje uvlake prije odjela, na lijevoj margini.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Ffootnote 68 Ubacuje utvrðenje fusnote na trenutnu poziciju kursora u dokumentu, i dodaje fusnotu na kraju stranice.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fchoosecharacter 3f Ubacuje posebni znak  kao fusnotu ili temelj završne napomene.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fcharacterentry 48 Izaberite ovu opciju da definišete znak ili simbol za trenutnu fusnotu.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fcharacter 48 Izaberite ovu opciju da definišete znak ili simbol za trenutnu fusnotu.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fautomatic 58 Automatski dodjeljuje uzastopne brojene fusnotama ili završnim napomenama koje ubacite.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2FInsertFootnoteDialog 6d Ubacuje fusnotu ili završnu napomenu u dokumentu. Temelj za oznaku je ubaèen na trenutnoj poziciji kursora.
14 .uno%3AInsertEndnote 6d Ubacuje fusnotu ili završnu napomenu u dokumentu. Temelj za oznaku je ubaèen na trenutnoj poziciji kursora.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fendnote 72 Ubacuje utvrðenje završne napomene na trenutnu poziciju kursora , i dodaje završnu napomenu na kraju dokumenta.
15 .uno%3AInsertFootnote 6d Ubacuje fusnotu ili završnu napomenu u dokumentu. Temelj za oznaku je ubaèen na trenutnoj poziciji kursora.
1b .uno%3AInsertFootnoteDialog 6d Ubacuje fusnotu ili završnu napomenu u dokumentu. Temelj za oznaku je ubaèen na trenutnoj poziciji kursora.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbookmark%2Fdelete 82 Da bi izbrisali oznaku, odaberite oznaku iz Ubaci Oznaku kutije i pritisinite na Obriši dugme. Poruka za potvrdu neæe slijediti.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbookmark%2Fbookmarks b2 Upišite ime oznake koju želite da napravite. Donji spisak sadrži sve oznake u trenutnom dokumentu. Da bi izbrisali oznaku, odaberite je u spisku, i onda pritisnite na Obriši.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbookmark%2FInsertBookmarkDialog 79 Ubacuje oznaku na trenutnu poziciju. Onda možete koristiti Navigator da se brzo prebacite do oznaèene lokacije poslije.
15 .uno%3AInsertBookmark 79 Ubacuje oznaku na trenutnu poziciju. Onda možete koristiti Navigator da se brzo prebacite do oznaèene lokacije poslije.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fposition 5e Dodaje natpis iznad ili ispod odabranog predmeta. Ova opcija je dostupna samo za neke objekte.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fseparator_edit 4f Upišite neobavezne znakove teksta da se pojave izmeðu broja i teksta natpisa.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fnumbering 3d Odaberi vrstu numeracije koju želite da koristite u natpisu.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fauto 8b Otvara kutiju Natpisa. Sadrži iste informacije kao kutija koju dobijete putem menija Pomagala - Opcije - %PRODUCTNAME Pisaè - AutoNatpis.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fnum_separator_edit 41 Upišite tekst koji želite da se prikaže poslije broja natpisa.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fcategory e8 Odaberite kategoriju natpisa, ili upišite ime da napravite novu kategoriju. Tekst kategorije se pojavljuje prije broja natpisa u oznaci natpisa. Svaka predefinisana kategorija natpisa je formatirana sa stilom paragrafa istog imena.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2FInsertCaptionDialog 60 Dodaje numerisan natpis za odabranu grafiku, tabelu, okvir, okvir teksta, ili objekt za crtanje.
1a .uno%3AInsertCaptionDialog 60 Dodaje numerisan natpis za odabranu grafiku, tabelu, okvir, okvir teksta, ili objekt za crtanje.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2Fstyle 15 Odreðuje stil znaka.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2Fseparator 4e Upišite znak koji želite da ubacite izmeðu broja poglavlja i broja natpisa.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2Flevel 55 Odaberi broj nivoa prikaza iz vrha hijerarhije poglavlja da sadržite oznaku natpisa.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2FCaptionOptionsDialog 55 Odaberi broj nivoa prikaza iz vrha hijerarhije poglavlja da sadržite oznaku natpisa.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2Fborder_and_shadow 34 Primjenjuje granicu i sjenku objekta na okvir opisa.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Foptions c2 Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an outline level to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.
15 SW_HID_ENVELOP_INSERT 34 Ubacuje kovertu prije trenutne stranice u dokumentu.
14 SW_HID_ENVELOP_PRINT 26 Pravi novi dokument i ubacuje kovertu.
15 .uno%3AInsertEnvelope e Pravi kovertu.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Finsert ba Odaberite polje baze podataka koja sadrži podatke adrese koju želite da ubacite, i onda pritisnite na dugme sa lijevom strelicom. Podaci su dodani na kutiju adrese koja sadrži kursor.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Ffield ba Odaberite polje baze podataka koja sadrži podatke adrese koju želite da ubacite, i onda pritisnite na dugme sa lijevom strelicom. Podaci su dodani na kutiju adrese koja sadrži kursor.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Ftable 51 Odaberi tabelu baze podataka koja sadrži podatke adrese koju želite da ubacite.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Fdatabase 4a Odaberi bazu podataka koja sadrži podatke adrese koju želite da ubacite.
2a sw%3AMultiLineEdit%3ATP_ENV_ENV%3AEDT_SEND 6b Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the Sender check box, and then enter the return  address.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Fsenderedit 6b Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the Sender check box, and then enter the return  address.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Faddredit 19 Upišite dostavnu adresu.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2FEnvAddressPage 86 Upišite dostavnu i povratnu adresu za kovertu. Možete isto ubaciti polja adrese iz baze podataka, npr. iz baze podataka sa adresama.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fheight 18 Upišite visinu koverte.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fwidth 19 Upišite širinu koverte.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fsenderedit 60 Pritisnite i izaberite stil formatiranja teksta za polje pošaljioca koje želite da izmijenite.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fleftsender 67 Upišite kolièinu prostora koji želite da ostavite izmeðu lijevog kraja koverte i polja pošaljioca.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Faddredit 5b Pritisnite i izaberite stil formatiranja teksta za polje adrese koje želite da izmijenite.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fformat 8a Odaberite velièinu koverte koju želite, ili odaberite "Korisnièko-Definisana", i onda upišite širinu i visinu prilagoðene velièine.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Ftopsender 67 Upišite kolièinu prostora koji želite da ostavite izmeðu gornjeg kraja koverte i polja pošaljioca.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Ftopaddr 62 Upišite kolièinu prostora koji želite da ostavite izmeðu gornjeg kraja koverte i polja adrese.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fleftaddr 62 Upišite kolièinu prostora koji želite da ostavite izmeðu lijevog kraja koverte i polja adrese.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2FEnvFormatPage 26 Odreðuje pregled i dimenziju koverte.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fsetup 77 Otvara odjel postavke štampaæa gdje možete definisati dodatne postavke štampaæa, kao format papira i orijentaciju.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fdown 40 Upišite kolièinu da pomaknete podruèje štampanja prema dole.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fright 3c Upišite kolièinu da pomaknete podruèje štampanja udesno.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fvertright 3c Postavlja kovertu vertikalno sa desnog kraja ladice pisaèa.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fvertcenter 36 Postavlja kovertu vertikalno sa centra ladice pisaèa.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fbottom 37 Postavlja kovertu sa licem prema dole u ladici pisaèa.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fvertleft 3d Postavlja kovertu vertikalno sa lijevog kraja ladice pisaèa.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fhoriright 3b Postavlja kovertu vodoravno sa desnog kraja ladice pisaèa.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fhoricenter 35 Postavlja kovertu vodoravno sa centra ladice pisaèa.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Ftop 37 Postavlja kovertu sa licem prema gore u ladici pisaèa.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fhorileft 3c Postavlja kovertu vodoravno sa lijevog kraja ladice pisaèa.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2FEnvPrinterPage 25 Postavi opcije štampanja za kovertu.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffielddialog%2Fcancel e Zatvara odjel.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffielddialog%2Fok 75 Ubacuje odabrano polje na trenutnu poziciju kursora u dokumentu. Da bi zatvorili odjel, pritisnite na Zatvori  dugme.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffielddialog%2FFieldDialog 2b Ubacuje polje na trenutnu poziciju kursora.
12 .uno%3AInsertField 2b Ubacuje polje na trenutnu poziciju kursora.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Foffset 48 Upišite ostatak koji želite da primijenite na datum ili polje vrijeme.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Flevel 4e Odaberite nivo zaglavlje poglavlja koje želite da uvrstite u odabrano polje .
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Ffixed 4c Ubacuje polje kao statièni sadržaj, to je, polje ne može biti obnovljeno.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fformat 8b Pritisnite na format koji želite da primijenite na odabrano polje, ili pritisnite na "Dodatni formati" da definišete prilagoðeni format.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fvalue 5b Upišite vrijednost ostatka koji želite da primijenite na polje broja stranice, npr. "+1".
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fselect b0 Ispisuje dostupna polja za vrstu polja odabranu u Vrsta  spisku. Da ubacite polje, pritisnite na polje, odaberite format u "Ubaci referencu na" spisak, i onda pritisnite Ubaci.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Ftype 9d Ispisuje dostupne vrste polja. Da bi dodali polje u vaš dokument, pritisnite na vrstu polja, pritisnite na polje u Izaberi  spisku, i onda pritisnite Ubaci.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2FFldDocumentPage 9d Ispisuje dostupne vrste polja. Da bi dodali polje u vaš dokument, pritisnite na vrstu polja, pritisnite na polje u Izaberi  spisku, i onda pritisnite Ubaci.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Fvalue e Zatvara odjel.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Fformat 4b Udaberite format koji želite da koristite za odabrano referencirano polje.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Fselecttip b0 Ispisuje dostupna polja za vrstu polja odabranu u Vrsta  spisku. Da ubacite polje, pritisnite na polje, odaberite format u "Ubaci referencu na" spisak, i onda pritisnite Ubaci.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Fname 40 Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Ftype 9b Ispisuje dostupne vrste polja. Da bi dodali polje vašem dokumentu, pritisnite na vrstu polja, pritisnite na polje u Odabir spisku, i onda pritisnite Ubaci
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2FFldRefPage b8 Ovo je mjesto gdje ubacujete reference ili referencirana polja u trenutni dokument. Reference su referencirana polja unutar istog dokumenta ili unutar pod-dokumenata glavnog dokumenta.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Fselect b0 Ispisuje dostupna polja za vrstu polja odabranu u Vrsta  spisku. Da ubacite polje, pritisnite na polje, odaberite format u "Ubaci referencu na" spisak, i onda pritisnite Ubaci.
1b .uno%3AInsertReferenceField b8 Ovo je mjesto gdje ubacujete reference ili referencirana polja u trenutni dokument. Reference su referencirana polja unutar istog dokumenta ili unutar pod-dokumenata glavnog dokumenta.
2c sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_FLD_DROPDOWN%3APB_NEXT 42 Closes the current Input list and displays the next, if available.
2c sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_FLD_DROPDOWN%3APB_EDIT 4e Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialog, where you can edit the Input list.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fdown 29 Moves the selected item down in the list.
2e sw%3AListBox%3ADLG_FLD_DROPDOWN%3ALB_LISTITEMS 48 Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click OK.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fremove 28 Removes the selected item from the list.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fup 27 Moves the selected item up in the list.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Flistitems 3b Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fadd 1a Adds the Item to the list.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Flistname 27 Enter a unique name for the Input list.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fitem 11 Enter a new item.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fcond1 8b Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the Then box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the Else box.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fmacro 79 Opens the Macro Selector, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fcond2 8b Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the Then box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the Else box.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fformat 8b Pritisnite na format koji želite da primijenite na odabrano polje, ili pritisnite na "Dodatni formati" da definišete prilagoðeni format.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Ftype 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fvalue 70 Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fname 70 Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2FFldFuncPage 70 Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Ffixed 4a Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Fformat 8b Pritisnite na format koji želite da primijenite na odabrano polje, ili pritisnite na "Dodatni formati" da definišete prilagoðeni format.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Ftype 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Fselect b0 Ispisuje dostupna polja za vrstu polja odabranu u Vrsta  spisku. Da ubacite polje, pritisnite na polje, odaberite format u "Ubaci referencu na" spisak, i onda pritisnite Ubaci.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2FFldDocInfoPage 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fdelete 7d Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fseparator 5d Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fapply 32 Adds the user-defined field to the Selection list.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Flevel 52 Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Finvisible 29 Hides the field contents in the document.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fselect b0 Ispisuje dostupna polja za vrstu polja odabranu u Vrsta  spisku. Da ubacite polje, pritisnite na polje, odaberite format u "Ubaci referencu na" spisak, i onda pritisnite Ubaci.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fformat 48 In the Format list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fvalue 40 Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fname 40 Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fnumformat 8b Pritisnite na format koji želite da primijenite na odabrano polje, ili pritisnite na "Dodatni formati" da definišete prilagoðeni format.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Ftype 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2FFldVarPage 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fformat 29 Lists the available user-defined formats.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fbrowse 82 Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Frecnumber 62 Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fcondition 3a For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fnumformat 29 Lists the available user-defined formats.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fselect 54 Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Ftype 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
15 SW_HID_PRINT_AS_MERGE d1 When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the Mail Merge dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fuserdefinedcb 47 Applies the format that you select in the List of user-defined formats.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Ffromdatabasecb 31 Uses the format defined in the selected database.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2FFldDbPage 8e Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputfielddialog%2Fnext 2e Jumps to the next input field in the document.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputfielddialog%2Ftext b5 The upper box displays the name that you entered in the Reference box of the Input Field on the Functions tab of the Fields dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputfielddialog%2FInputFieldDialog 4f Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Finsert 22 Marks an index entry in your text.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fsearchcasesensitivecb 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fapplytoallcb 8f Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fnew 53 Opens the Create New User-defined Index dialog where you can create a custom index.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fmainentrycb 40 Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fphonetic0ed f9 Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fkey2cb c9 Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key and "winter" as the 2nd key, the index entry is "weather, winter, cold".
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fkey1cb b2 Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key, the index entry is "weather, cold".
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fentryed a6 Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fsearchcasewordonlycb 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Flevelnf c9 Entries using the paragraph format "Heading X" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Ftypecb 33 Select the index that you want to add the entry to.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnewuserindexdialog%2FNewUserIndexDialog 70 Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2FIndexEntryDialog 3c Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.
19 .uno%3AInsertIndexesEntry 3c Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.
17 .uno%3AInsertMultiIndex 47 Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Fedit 54 Opens the Paragraph Style dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Fdefault 4d Resets the formatting of the selected level to the "Default" paragraph style.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Fassign 43 Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Fstyles 74 Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<) button.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Flevels 39 Select the index level that you change the formatting of.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2FTocStylesPage 39 Select the index level that you change the formatting of.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Findexmarks 6a Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry in the index.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fstyles 62 Opens the Assign Styles dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Faddstylescb e1 Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the Assign Styles dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the Assign Styles (...) button to the right of this box.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Flevel 3b Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fscope 4f Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Freadonly 36 Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ftype 31 Select the type of index that you want to insert.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromheadings 96 Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ftitle 25 Enter a title for the selected index.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2FTocIndexPage 31 Select the type of index that you want to insert.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fkeytype aa Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromfile 64 Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fkeyasentry 2d Inserts index keys as separate index entries.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Finitcaps 3d Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffile 2b Select, create, or edit a concordance file.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fcasesens 7f Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fusedash d2 Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fuseff 11b Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a "p" or "pp". For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10pp", and "View 10, View 11" as "View 10p".
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Flang 3f Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fcombinesame c3 Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries "View 10, View 43" are combined as "View 10, 43".
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fobjnames 28 Creates index entries from object names.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fdisplay 46 Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fcategory 47 Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fcaptions 2b Creates index entries from object captions.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fuselevel 78 Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromoles 22 Includes OLE objects in the index.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromframes 22 Includes text frames in the index.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromgraphics 1f Includes graphics in the index.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromtables 1d Includes tables in the index.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fobjects 47 Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fbrackets 42 Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fnumberentries 2f Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignstylesdialog%2Fright 49 Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignstylesdialog%2Fleft 47 Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignstylesdialog%2FAssignStylesDialog 35 Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2FTocEntriesPage 9b Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the Index/Table tab.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Freltostyle c1 Positions the tab stop relative to the "indent from left" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the Styles tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fnumberformat 7d Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Falignright 2d Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Ftabstoppos 4a Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fedit 3f Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Ffillchar 28 Select the tab leader that you want use.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fcharstyle 49 Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the Structure line.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fall 38 Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fhyperlink 1aa Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the Structure line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fpageno 25 Inserts the page number of the entry.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Ftabstop de Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the Fill character box. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the Tab stop position box, or select the Align right check box.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fentrytext 28 Inserts the text of the chapter heading.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fchapterno 6d Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose Tools - Outline Numbering.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Ftoken 2d Displays the remainder of the Structure line.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fmainstyle cf Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose Edit - Index Entry.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fentryoutlinelevel 59 Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fcommasep 41 Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fchapterentry 4b Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Falphadelim 5a Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fchapterinfo 8e Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the Chapter entry box.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fdown3cb 44 Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fdown1cb 44 Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fup3cb 41 Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fup1cb 41 Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fkey3lb 95 Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the Content radio button in the Sort by area.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fkey2lb 95 Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the Content radio button in the Sort by area.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fkey1lb 95 Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the Content radio button in the Sort by area.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fsortcontents 73 Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fdown2cb 44 Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fsortpos 5d Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fremove 3c Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Finsert a2 Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fup2cb 41 Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fauthfield 7b To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click Insert.
20 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE 2d Select the source for the bibliography entry.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM2 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
18 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_NUMBER 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CHAPTER 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
1f SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ORGANIZATIONS 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
17 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_MONTH 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_EDITION 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
17 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_PAGES 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
18 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHOR 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
16 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ISBN 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
1b SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_PUBLISHER 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM3 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
16 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_YEAR 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
18 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_SERIES 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
16 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_NOTE 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
18 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_EDITOR 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
1e SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_HOWPUBLISHED 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM5 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_JOURNAL 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
18 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_SCHOOL 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
15 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_URL 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
1c SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER 80 Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ADDRESS 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
17 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_TITLE 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
19 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM1 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
1b SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_BOOKTITLE 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
18 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ANNOTE 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
1d SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_INSTITUTION 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
18 SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_VOLUME 46 This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateauthorentry%2FCreateAuthorEntryDialog 2b Change the content of a bibliography entry.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateautomarkdialog%2FCreateAutomarkDialog 43 Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Fedit 5f Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Fentryed 49 Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Finsert b2 Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Fentrylb 49 Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Ffromdocument 5a Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Fnew db Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Ffrombibliography 33 Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.
1d .uno%3AInsertAuthoritiesEntry 21 Inserts a bibliography reference.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2FBibliographyEntryDialog 21 Inserts a bibliography reference.
1a .uno%3AInsertFrameInteract 7d Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.
12 .uno%3AInsertFrame 5f Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fautoformat 50 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fbordercb 21 Adds a border to the table cells.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fdontsplitcb 34 Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Frepeatheaderspin 3f Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fheadercb 24 Includes a heading row in the table.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fcolspin 37 Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fnameedit 1b Enter a name for the table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Frepeatcb 65 Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Frowspin 34 Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2FInsertTableDialog a8 Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.
12 .uno%3AInsertTable a8 Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2Fdefine 68 Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the Available Databases list.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2Fbrowse 77 Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2Favailablelb 38 Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2Finuselb 2e Lists the databases that are currently in use.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2FExchangeDatabasesDialog 31 Change the data sources for the current document.
1a .uno%3AChangeDatabaseField 31 Change the data sources for the current document.
10 .uno%3AInsertDoc 33 Inserts a text file at the current cursor position.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Ftext 2e Enter the script code that you want to insert.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Ftextentry 2e Enter the script code that you want to insert.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Furlentry b1 Adds a link to a script file. Click the URL radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (...), locate the file, and then click Insert.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Fbrowse 4e pronadite datoteku koju želite umetnuti kao vezu, a zatim pritisnite  Umetni.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Furl b1 Adds a link to a script file. Click the URL radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (...), locate the file, and then click Insert.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Fscripttype 31 Enter the type of script that you want to insert.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Fnext e Zatvara odjel.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Fprevious e Zatvara odjel.
13 .uno%3AInsertScript 4c Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2FInsertScriptDialog 4c Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.
17 .uno%3AInsertPageHeader 92 Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.
17 .uno%3AInsertPageFooter 92 Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinWidow 95 Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this tick box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinOrphan 87 Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this tick box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckWidow 95 Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this tick box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckOrphan 87 Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this tick box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinPageNumber 77 Unesite broj stranice koja zelite da se pojavi prva poslije preloma. Ako zelite koristiti trenutne brojeve, unesite 0..
27 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckKeepPara 52 Cuva trenutni i sljedeci paragraf zajedno kada je prelom ili prelom kolone ubacen.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckPageStyle 6a Oznacite prostor, zatim oznacite stil stranice koji zelite koristiti za pocetnui stranicu poslije preloma.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcomboBreakPosition 25 Soznacite gdje zelite ubaciti prelom.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcomboBreakType 2b Izaberite tip preloma koji zelite ubacioti.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckInsert 48 Mark this tick box, and then select the break type that you want to use.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinMaxNum 45 Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinLineEnd 63 Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcomboPageStyle 3e Oddaberite stil formatiranja za prvu stranicu poslije preloma.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinLineBegin 66 Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckAuto 43 Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckSplitPara 51 Pomjera cijeli paragrav na slijedecu stranicu ili kolonu nakon ubacenog preloma..
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FTextFlowPage 2b Specify hyphenation and pagination options.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FcomboBOX_TEMPLATE 44 Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FspinFLD_DISTANCE 63 Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FspinFLD_LINES 98 Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FentryEDT_TEXT 63 Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FspinFLD_DROPCAPS 37 Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FcheckCB_WORD 80 Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FcheckCB_SWITCH 38 Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FDropCapPage b1 Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.
30 sw%3ANumericField%3ATP_NUMPARA%3ANF_RESTART_PARA 37 Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering
2d sw%3ATriStateBox%3ATP_NUMPARA%3ACB_COUNT_PARA 35 Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.
2d sw%3ANumericField%3ATP_NUMPARA%3ANF_NEW_START 3a Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.
33 sw%3ATriStateBox%3ATP_NUMPARA%3ACB_NUMBER_NEW_START 57 Mark this tick box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.
2c sw%3ATriStateBox%3ATP_NUMPARA%3ACB_NEW_START 30 Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.
34 sw%3ATriStateBox%3ATP_NUMPARA%3ACB_RESTART_PARACOUNT 56 Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.
2b sw%3AListBox%3ATP_NUMPARA%3ALB_NUMBER_STYLE 43 Select the Numbering Style that you want to apply to the paragraph.
26 SW_LISTBOX_TP_NUMPARA_LB_OUTLINE_LEVEL 54 Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.
e SW_HID_NUMPARA a7 Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.
11 .uno%3APageDialog 8e Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fautowidth 1f Creates columns of equal width.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Flineheightmf 58 Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fnext 31 Moves the column display one column to the right.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fspacing2mf 45 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fspacing1mf 45 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fback 30 Moves the column display one column to the left.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fwidth3mf 1e Enter the width of the column.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fwidth1mf 1e Enter the width of the column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Flinestylelb 6e Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Flineposlb 81 Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if Visina value of the line is less than 100%.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fwidth2mf 1e Enter the width of the column.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fbalance 93 Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fvalueset 49 Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fapplytolb 3c Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.
17 .uno%3APageColumnDialog 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2FColumnPage 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fcolsnf 49 Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.
14 .uno%3AFormatColumns 5a Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
31 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE%3AED_LINEDIST 46 Unesite kolicinu razmaka izmedju linije razmaka i prve linije fusnote.
2e sw%3AListBox%3ATP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE%3ADLB_LINETYPE 66 Izaberite stil formatiranjaq za liniju razmaka. Ako ne zelite liniju razmaka, izaberite      "0.0 pt".
2d sw%3AListBox%3ATP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE%3ADLB_LINEPOS 55 Sizaberite horizontalno poravnanje za liniju koja razdvaja tekst od podrucja fusnote.
32 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE%3AED_LINEWIDTH 4e Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.
32 sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE%3AED_MAXHEIGHT 2b Unesite maksimalnu visinu podrucja fusnote.
32 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE%3ARB_MAXHEIGHT 4e Postavlja maksimalnu visinu podrucja fusnote. Oznacite, a zatim unesite visinu
37 sw%3ARadioButton%3ATP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE%3ARB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE 4a Automatski podesava visinu podrucja fusnote u zavisnosti od broja fusnota.
2d sw%3AMetricField%3ATP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE%3AED_DIST 4b Unesite kolicinu razmaka izmedju dna stranice i prve linije teksta fusnote.
14 SW_HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE 66 Odredjuje opciju izgleda fusnote, ukljucujuci liniju kojja razdvaja fusnotu od glavnog dijella teksta.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendprefix 3b Unesite tekst koji zelite prikazati prije broja u napomeni.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendoffset 2d Unesite broj koji zelite pridruziti napomeni.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendntnum 37 Restartuje numerisanje napomene na broju koji odredite.
41 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendnumviewbox 27 Odaberite nacin numerisanja u napomeni.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendntattextend 22 Dodaje napomene na kraj poglavlja.
41 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnnumviewbox 26 Odaberite stil numerisanja za fusnotu.
3f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendntnumfmt 32 Određuje prilagođeni oblik brojeva za bilješke.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnsuffix 3a Unesite tekst koji zelite prikazati poslije broja fusnote.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnoffset 2c Unesite broj koji zelite pridruziti fusnoti.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnprefix 39 Unesite tekst koji zelite prikazati ispred broja fusnote.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnntnum 38 Restartuje numerisanje fusnote na broju koji ste naveli.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnnntnumfmt 30 Odredjuje prilagodjeni nacinnumerisanja fusnote.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnntattextend 8a Dodaje fusnotu na kraj sekcije. Ako sekcija ima vise od jedn stranice, fusnota je dodata na dnu stranice gdje se sidro fusnote pojavljuje.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendsuffix 3b Unesite tekst koji zelite prikazati poslije napomena broja.
4c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2FFootnotesEndnotesTabPage 4c Odredjuje gdje ce fusnote i endnote biti prikazane kao i njihovo numerisanje
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FcheckCB_PRINT 27 Određuje tiskanje i boju  teksta grid.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FcheckCB_DISPLAY 27 Određuje tiskanje i boju  teksta grid.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FcheckCB_RUBYBELOW 33 Prikazuje Ruby text lijevo ili ispod baznog teksta.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FspinMF_RUBYSIZE 1c Unesite velicinu Ruby texta.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FlistLB_COLOR 27 Određuje tiskanje i boju  teksta grid.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FspinNF_CHARSPERLINE 3c Unesite maksimalan broj karaktera koji zelite u jednom redu.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FspinNF_LINESPERPAGE 3e Unesite maksimalan broj redova koji zelite na jednoj stranici.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FradioRB_LINESGRID 4e Dodaje ili uklanja grid teksta za redove ili karaktere trenutnog stila teksta.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FradioRB_CHARSGRID 4e Dodaje ili uklanja grid teksta za redove ili karaktere trenutnog stila teksta.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FradioRB_NOGRID 4e Dodaje ili uklanja grid teksta za redove ili karaktere trenutnog stila teksta.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FspinMF_TEXTSIZE 60 Unesite maksimalnu velicinu baznog teksta. Veca vrijednost rezultira manjim brojem slova u redu.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FTextGridPage a1 Dodaje grid tekstu trenutnog stila stranice. Ova opcija je dostupna jedino ako je u upotrebi Asian jezicka podrskaTools - Opcije - Language Settings - Languages.
14 .uno%3AGraphicDialog 49 Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Ffollowtextflow 9b Održava odabrani objekt unutar granica izgled teksta koji se sidri u objekt. Za mjesto odabrani objekt bilo gdje u dokumentu, nemojte odabrati ovu opciju.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fvertanchor c1 Izabrati referentnu točku za odabranu opciju okomito poravnanjeizabrati referentnu točku za odabranu opciju okomito poravnanjeizabrati referentnu točku za odabranu opciju okomito poravnanje.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fbyvert 81 Upišite količinu prostora da napuste između gornjeg ruba odabranog objekta i referentne točke koje ste odabrali u  Za  okvir.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fvertpos 34 Select the vertical alignment option for the object.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fvertpos 34 Select the vertical alignment option for the object.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fmirror 41 Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fbyhori 81 Upišite količinu prostora da napuste između lijevom rubu odabranog objekta i referentne točke koje ste odabrali u  Za  okvir.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fbyvert 81 Upišite količinu prostora da napuste između gornjeg ruba odabranog objekta i referentne točke koje ste odabrali u  Za  okvir.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Forigsize 47 Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fbyhori 81 Upišite količinu prostora da napuste između lijevom rubu odabranog objekta i referentne točke koje ste odabrali u  Za  okvir.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2FSwPosSizePage 4e Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fhoripos 32 Odaberite opciju za vodoravno poravnanje objekata.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fhoripos 32 Odaberite opciju za vodoravno poravnanje objekata.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Faschar 56 Sidra izbor kao znak. Visina trenutne linije je resized do odgovara visini od odabira.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Ftopara 2f Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fmirror 41 Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fhorianchor 47 Odaberite referentna točka za odabranu opciju horizontalno poravnanje.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Ffollowtextflow 9b Održava odabrani objekt unutar granica izgled teksta koji se sidri u objekt. Za mjesto odabrani objekt bilo gdje u dokumentu, nemojte odabrati ovu opciju.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fautoheight a1 Automatski podešava širinu ili visinu okvira kako bi se slagala sadržaj okvira. Ako želite, možete odrediti minimalnu širinu ili minimalna visina za okvir.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Ftochar 25 Anchors the selection to a character.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Frelheightrelation 6c Decides what 100% height means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fratio 4c Zadržava visine i širine kada promijenite širinu ili visinu postavljanje.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fheight 2f Unesite visinu koju zelite za oznaceni objekat.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Ftopage 2a Anchors the selection to the current page.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Faschar 56 Sidra izbor kao znak. Visina trenutne linije je resized do odgovara visini od odabira.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fwidth 2f Unesite sirinu koju zelite za oznaceni objekat.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Ftochar 25 Anchors the selection to a character.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fratio 4c Zadržava visine i širine kada promijenite širinu ili visinu postavljanje.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fautowidth a1 Automatski podešava širinu ili visinu okvira kako bi se slagala sadržaj okvira. Ako želite, možete odrediti minimalnu širinu ili minimalna visina za okvir.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fheight 2f Unesite visinu koju zelite za oznaceni objekat.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2FFrmTypePage 4e Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fwidth 2f Unesite sirinu koju zelite za oznaceni objekat.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Frelwidth 60 Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page print area.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Ftopara 2f Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Ftopage 2a Anchors the selection to the current page.
22 %2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fhorianchor 47 Odaberite referentna točka za odabranu opciju horizontalno poravnanje.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Frelwidthrelation 6b Decides what 100% width means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fvertanchor c1 Izabrati referentnu točku za odabranu opciju okomito poravnanjeizabrati referentnu točku za odabranu opciju okomito poravnanjeizabrati referentnu točku za odabranu opciju okomito poravnanje.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Frelheight 53 Izračunava visinu odabranog objekta u postotku visine područje stranica za ispis.
27 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Ftop 58 Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Foutside 5d Oblozi tekst samo oko kontura objekta, ali ne i na otvorenim prostorima unutar objekta oblik.
12 .uno%3AWrapContour 71 Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Foutline 71 Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames.
f .uno%3ATextWrap 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
d .uno%3AWrapOn 3f Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.
1d .uno%3AWrapThroughTransparent 5f Pomjera oznaceni objekat u pozadinu. Ova opcija je dostupna samo ako oznaciteThrough wrap type.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fbefore 3f Omotava tekst na lijevoj strani objeta ako ima dovoljno mjesta.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fthrough 27 Places the object in front of the text.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fleft 59 Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2FWrapPage 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
15 .uno%3AWrapAnchorOnly 3f Pocinje novi paragraf ispod objekta nakon sto pritisnete Enter.
10 .uno%3AWrapIdeal ce Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped.
12 .uno%3AWrapThrough 27 Places the object in front of the text.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fparallel 3f Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fbottom 5b Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fafter 3e Oblaze tekst na desnoj strani objekta ako ima dovoljno mjesta.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Ftransparent 5f Pomjera oznaceni objekat u pozadinu. Ova opcija je dostupna samo ako oznaciteThrough wrap type.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fright 5a Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.
e .uno%3AWrapOff 80 Smjesta objekat na odvojunu liniju u dokumentu. Tekst u dokumentu se pojavljuje iznad i ispod objekta, ali ne sa strana objekta.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Foptimal ce Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fanchoronly 3f Pocinje novi paragraf ispod objekta nakon sto pritisnete Enter.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fnone 80 Smjesta objekat na odvojunu liniju u dokumentu. Tekst u dokumentu se pojavljuje iznad i ispod objekta, ali ne sa strana objekta.
f .uno%3AWrapMenu 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
36 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_CONTOUR%3AMTF_TOLERANCE 97 Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.
1b SVX_HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR 42 Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.
1a SVX_HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT 79 Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.
1a SVX_HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE 67 Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.
14 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_POLY 184 Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.
14 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_UNDO 19 Reverses the last action.
16 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE 3b Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.
16 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_SELECT 3e Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.
15 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_APPLY 2b Applies the contour to the selected object.
17 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE c1 Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the Tolerance box.
18 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND 22 Displays a preview of the contour.
18 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE 4c Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.
19 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE 4b Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.
18 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT 5f Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.
14 .uno%3AContourDialog 81 Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the text wrap options for the object.
14 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_REDO 2d Reverses the action of the last Undo command.
14 SVX_HID_CONTDLG_RECT 73 Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.
29 svx%3AFloatingWindow%3ARID_SVXDLG_CONTOUR 81 Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the text wrap options for the object.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fentry 92 Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (...) and then locate the file that you want to link to.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fbrowse 4a Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fleftpages 3b Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fallpages 35 Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Frightpages 3a Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fhori 28 Flips the selected graphic horizontally.
13 .uno%3AFlipVertical 28 Flips the selected graphic horizontally.
15 .uno%3AFlipHorizontal 26 Flips the selected graphic vertically.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fvert 26 Flips the selected graphic vertically.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2FPicturePage 3f Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feventassignpage%2Fmacros 72 Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click Assign.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feventassignpage%2Flibraries 3f Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.
1e CUI_HID_MACRO_HEADERTABLISTBOX 2a Lists the events that can trigger a macro.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fserver 1d Uses a server-side image map.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fclient 3c Uses the image map that you created for the selected object.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fsearch 49 Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click Open.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Furl 3a Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2FFrmURLPage 56 Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprintframe 37 Includes the selected item when you print the document.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Ftextflow a3 Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select Use superordinate object settings from the list.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprotectsize 24 Locks the size of the selected item.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprotectframe 40 Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fnext df Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprev f8 Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Faltname 91 Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Feditinreadonly 5d Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fname 23 Enter a name for the selected item.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprotectcontent 36 Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2FFrmAddPage 3f Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.
12 .uno%3AFrameDialog 6a Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.
12 .uno%3ATableDialog 7d Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fbelowmf 73 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fleftmf 68 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Ffree 71 Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the Left and Right boxes in the Spacing area.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fcenter 2b Centers the table horizontally on the page.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fright 3c Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Ffromleft 63 Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the Left box in the Spacing area.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Frightmf 69 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fleft 3a Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Ffull 49 Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Frelwidth 42 Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fwidthmf 1d Enter the width of the table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fname 69 Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fabovemf 70 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2FFormatTablePage 52 Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fnext 44 Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fback 43 Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fwidth6 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fwidth5 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fwidth4 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fwidth3 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fwidth2 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fwidth1 2d Enter the width that you want for the column.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fspace-nospin 8a Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the Table tab.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fadaptcolumns 42 If possible, change in column width will be equal for each column.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fadaptwidth 3c Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2FTableColumnPage 3c Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Frepeatheadernf 33 Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fkeep 4f Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.
f .uno%3ARowSplit 3e Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fsplit 40 Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fpagenonf 40 Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fpagestylelb 56 Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fpagestyle 56 Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fheadline 50 Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fsplitrow 3e Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fbefore 30 Inserts a page or column break before the table.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fcolumn 48 Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fafter 2f Inserts a page or column break after the table.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fpage 2f Inserts a page break before or after the table.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fvertorient 3f Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Ftextdirection 31 Select the orientation for the text in the cells.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2FTableTextFlowPage 42 Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.
e .uno%3AProtect 40 Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.
19 .uno%3AUnsetCellsReadOnly 48 Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frowheight%2Ffit 48 Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frowheight%2Fheightmf 37 Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frowheight%2FRowHeightDialog 2a Changes the height of the selected row(s).
13 .uno%3ASetRowHeight 2a Changes the height of the selected row(s).
1a .uno%3ASetOptimalRowHeight 45 Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.
10 .uno%3AEntireRow 29 Selects the row that contains the cursor.
11 .uno%3ADeleteRows 2b Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnwidth%2Fwidth 39 Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnwidth%2Fcolumn 46 Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnwidth%2FColumnWidthDialog 2c Changes the width of the selected column(s).
15 .uno%3ASetColumnWidth 2c Changes the width of the selected column(s).
1c .uno%3ASetOptimalColumnWidth 47 Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.
13 .uno%3AEntireColumn 2c Selects the column that contains the cursor.
19 .uno%3AInsertColumnDialog 20 Inserts a column into the table.
16 .uno%3AInsertRowDialog e Zatvara odjel.
14 .uno%3ADeleteColumns 2e Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.
2b sfx2%3AListBox%3ARID_STYLECATALOG%3ABT_TOOL 38 These are the different categories of formatting styles.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Fremove 48 Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Fstyles 5f A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Fapply 4a Click Assign to apply the selected Paragraph Style to the defined context.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Flinks c7 Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Fcondstyle 3c Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2FConditionPage 3c Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.
21 SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE a5 The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window.
1a SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN a0 Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.
10 .uno%3AListStyle 3b Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.
10 .uno%3APageStyle 25 Displays formatting styles for pages.
1e SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE 59 Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.
11 .uno%3AFrameStyle 26 Displays formatting styles for frames.
10 .uno%3ACharStyle 2a Displays formatting styles for characters.
10 .uno%3AParaStyle 2a Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 75 Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.
15 SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FMT 89 Use the Styles and Formatting window to apply, create, edit, add, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.
17 .uno%3AOnlineAutoFormat 95 Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose Tools - AutoCorrect Options, and then click the Options tab.
16 SW_HID_AUTOFORMAT_EXEC 95 Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose Tools - AutoCorrect Options, and then click the Options tab.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fpatterncb 37 Includes background styles in the selected table style.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fbordercb 33 Includes border styles in the selected table style.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Falignmentcb 38 Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Ffontcb 35 Includes font formatting in the selected table style.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fnumformatcb 37 Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fadd 23 Adds a new table style to the list.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 21 Deletes the selected table style.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fformatlb 6d Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click OK.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Frename 5b Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the "Standard" table style.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2FAutoFormatTableDialog 5a Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.
11 .uno%3AAutoFormat 5a Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpercentdialog%2FPercentDialog 61 Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.
16 .uno%3AAutoFormatApply 66 Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrectOptions.
1a SW_HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG 91 Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.
18 SW_HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT 26 Rejects all of the formatting changes.
18 SW_HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT 26 Applies all of the formatting changes.
1d .uno%3AAutoFormatRedlineApply a3 Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrect Options. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Ffromfile 51 Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click Open.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Fpages 4b Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Fframe 4c Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Ftext 62 Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Ftemplates 38 Lists the available templates for the selected category.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Fcategories 65 Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the Templates list.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Fnumbering 50 Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.
32 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2FLoadTemplateDialog 56 Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Foverwrite 5e Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.
11 .uno%3ALoadStyles 56 Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2Fcustomheading 34 Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2Fcustomheadingapplystyle 77 Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2Fcopyheading 52 Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2Fnoheading 30 Splits the table without copying the header row.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2FSplitTableDialog 49 Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.
11 .uno%3ASplitTable 49 Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmergetabledialog%2FMergeTableDialog 8c Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.
11 .uno%3AMergeTable 8c Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fdelete 3e Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fok 2d Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fright 73 Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fleft 73 Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fworded 3d Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fcontinue 48 Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2FHyphenateDialog 47 Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.
10 .uno%3AHyphenate 47 Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.
16 .uno%3AWordCountDialog ae Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document. The count is kept up to date as you type or change the selection.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwordcount%2FWordCountDialog ae Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document. The count is kept up to date as you type or change the selection.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumberingnamedialog%2Fform 96 Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumbering%2Fsaveas 8e Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumbering%2Fform1 5c Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumbering%2Fuser 6a Saves or loads an outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumberingnamedialog%2Fentry 96 Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumbering%2FOutlineNumberingDialog 5c Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.
1d .uno%3AChapterNumberingDialog 5c Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fstartat 43 Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fsublevelsnf 94 Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select "3" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fcharstyle 2d Select the format of the numbering character.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fsuffix 41 Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fnumbering 50 Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fstyle 51 Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Flevel 66 Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2FOutlineNumberingPage 66 Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.
15 .uno%3AFootnoteDialog 3a Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fcontfromed c7 Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, "Continued from Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fcharstylelb 5e Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fcharanchorstylelb 67 Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fpagestylelb 39 Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fposdoccb 3a Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fconted ca Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, "Continued on Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fsuffix 53 Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fparastylelb 31 Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fprefix 59 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Foffsetnf 8a Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected "Per Document" in the Counting box.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fpospagecb 2d Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fnumberinglb 4a Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fcountinglb 2e Select the numbering option for the footnotes.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2FFootnotePage 34 Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fcharstylelb 5c Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fcharanchorstylelb 66 Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fpagestylelb 38 Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fparastylelb 30 Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fsuffix 52 Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Foffsetnf 37 Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fnumberinglb 37 Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fprefix 58 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2FEndnotePage 26 Specifies the formatting for endnotes.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fdontsplitcb 27 Does not divide the table across pages.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fbordercb 2f Adds a border to the table and the table cells.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Frepeatheading 3b Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fheadingcb 34 Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fautofmt 50 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fothered 3b Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fparagraph 40 Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fkeepcolumn 50 Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fsemicolons 45 Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Frepeatheaderssb 25 Repeats the first n rows as a header.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Ftabs 3a Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fother 5d Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2FConvertTextTableDialog 49 Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.
17 .uno%3AConvertTableText 49 Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fdelimpb 6c Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fseparator 4d Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fcharacter 4d Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Ftabs 56 If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Frows 65 Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fdown3 3c Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fcolsb1 51 Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fdown2 3c Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fmatchcase 7a Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fcolumns 45 Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fup3 3c Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fdown1 3c Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fup1 3c Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fup2 3c Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Ftypelb2 2f Select the sorting option that you want to use.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Flanglb 33 Select the language that defines the sorting rules.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fcolsb3 51 Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Ftypelb1 2f Select the sorting option that you want to use.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Ftypelb3 2f Select the sorting option that you want to use.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fcolsb2 51 Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.
10 .uno%3ATableSort 4a Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fkey3 46 Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fkey2 46 Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fkey1 46 Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2FSortDialog 4a Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.
11 .uno%3ASortDialog 4a Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.
13 .uno%3ACalculateSel 47 Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.
11 .uno%3ARepaginate 78 Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the Status Bar.
14 .uno%3ARemoveTableOf 23 Deletes the current index or table.
13 .uno%3AEditCurIndex 21 Edits the current index or table.
15 .uno%3AUpdateCurIndex 1a Updates the current index.
17 .uno%3AUpdateAllIndexes 98 Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Frestarteverynewpage 40 Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Flinesintextframes 9f Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Flinesspin 3a Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fintervalspin 31 Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fspacingspin 57 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fpositiondropdown 31 Select where you want the line numbers to appear.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Ftextentry 33 Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fformatdropdown 30 Select the numbering style that you want to use.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fblanklines 2c Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fshownumbering 2a Adds line numbers to the current document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fstyledropdown 46 Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2FLineNumberingDialog 2a Adds line numbers to the current document.
1a .uno%3ALineNumberingDialog 2a Adds line numbers to the current document.
10 .uno%3AUpdateAll 64 Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.
13 .uno%3AUpdateFields 3b Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.
15 .uno%3AUpdateAllLinks 2a Updates the links in the current document.
13 .uno%3AUpdateCharts 2b Updates the charts in the current document.
16 .uno%3ADrawGraphicMenu 3e Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.
16 .uno%3AMailMergeWizard 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
12 .uno%3AMergeDialog 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Frecentdoclb 14 Select the document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Frecentdoc 4e Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Fbrowsetemplate 29 Opens the Templates and Documents dialog.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Fbrowsedoc 45 Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click Open.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Ftemplate 4a Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Fnewdoc 38 Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Floaddoc 52 Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Fcurrentdoc 49 Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2FMMSelectPage 49 Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputtypepage%2Femail 5c Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputtypepage%2Fletter 28 Creates a printable mail merge document.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputtypepage%2FMMOutputTypePage 28 Creates a printable mail merge document.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fnext 58 Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fprev 58 Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fassign 1e Opens the Match Fields dialog.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fsettings 26 Opens the Select Address Block dialog.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fhideempty 2f Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Faddress 31 Adds an address block to the mail merge document.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Faddresslist 8d Opens the Select Address List dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2FMMAddressBlockPage 8d Opens the Select Address List dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fnext 58 Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fprev 58 Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fassign 1e Opens the Match Fields dialog.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fgreeting 12 Adds a salutation.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fzoom 2c Select a magnification for the page preview.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fup 18 Moves the salutation up.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Ftop 6a Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fleft 6c Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fdown 1a Moves the salutation down.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Falign 49 Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmpreparepage%2Flast 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmpreparepage%2Fnext 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmpreparepage%2Fprev 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmpreparepage%2Fedit 5a Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmpreparepage%2Ffirst 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmpreparepage%2Fexclude 34 Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmpreparepage%2Frecord-nospin 64 Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmpreparepage%2FMMPreparePage 64 Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmergepage%2Fmatchcase 47 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmergepage%2Fbackwards 45 Searches from the current cursor position to the top of the document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmergepage%2Fwholewords 3c Searches for whole words only and not parts of larger words.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmergepage%2Ffind 1a Click to start the search.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmergepage%2Fentry 68 Enter the text that you want to search for in the merged document, for example, the name of a recipient.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmergepage%2Fedit 59 Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmergepage%2FMMMergePage 59 Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsendnow 1f Click to start sending e-mails.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fattach 21 Shows the name of the attachment.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fcopyto 4f Opens the Copy To dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fmailto 4c Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsendas 2f Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsavemerged 1a Saves the merged document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fprintmerged 2d Prints the output for all or some recipients.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Ffromrb 77 Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the From box and ending at the record number in the To box.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fprintnow 20 Prints the mail merge documents.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsubject 2f Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fto-nospin 41 Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsavenow 14 Saves the documents.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Findividualrb cf Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Ffrom-nospin 42 Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsendmerged 36 Sends the output as e-mail messages to all recipients.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fprintersettings 1f Changes the printer properties.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsavestarting 3e Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsinglerb 2b Saves the merged document as a single file.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsendassettings 7d Opens the E-Mail Message dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fprinters 13 Select the printer.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsavestartingdoc 1b Saves the current document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fsendallrb 29 Select to send e-mails to all recipients.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2Fprintallrb 24 Prints documents for all recipients.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputpage%2FMMOutputPage 3e Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.
27 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fccdialog%2Fbcc 4a Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).
26 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fccdialog%2Fcc 44 Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fccdialog%2FCCDialog 44 Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fright 46 Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fup 46 Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fcustom 50 Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Faddressdest 3d Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fleft 46 Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Ffromaddr 2f Removes the selected field from the other list.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fdown 46 Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Ftoaddr 73 Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Faddresses 34 Select a field and drag the field to the other list.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2FAddressBlockDialog 34 Select a field and drag the field to the other list.
29 SW_MULTILINEEDIT_DLG_MM_MAILBODY_MLE_BODY 22 Enter the main text of the e-mail.
2b SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_MM_MAILBODY_CB_GREETINGLINE 20 Adds a salutation to the e-mail.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fdelete 2a Deletes the selected address block layout.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fedit 58 Opens the New Address Block dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fnew 53 Opens the New Address Block dialog where you can define a new address block layout.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fcountry 3a Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fdependent 86 Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Falways 3e Includes country or regional information in the address block.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fnever 40 Excludes country or regional information from the address block.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2FSelectBlockDialog 59 Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click OK.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Fchangetable 58 Opens the Select Table dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Fedit 50 Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Ffilter 82 Opens the Standard Filter dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Fadd 5d Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Fcreate 4b Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can create a new address list.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2FSelectAddressDialog 5d Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.
3a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_MM_SELECTDBTABLEDDIALOG%3APB_PREVIEW 27 Opens the Mail Merge Recipients dialog.
26 SW_HID_MM_SELECTDBTABLEDDIALOG_LISTBOX 3f Select the table that you want to use for mail merge addresses.
17 .uno%3ADefaultNumbering 37 Adds or removes numbering from the selected paragraphs.
12 .uno%3AChainFrames 2b Links the selected frame to the next frame.
13 .uno%3AUnhainFrames 23 Breaks the link between two frames.
11 .uno%3AInsertRows ce Inserts one or more rows in the table, below the selection. You can insert more than one row by opening the dialog (choose Table - Insert - Rows), or by selecting more than one row before clicking the icon.
14 .uno%3AInsertColumns e3 Inserts one or more columns into the table, after the selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the dialog (choose Table - Insert - Columns), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon.
13 .uno%3ATableModeFix 71 If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighboring lines or columns in question.
17 .uno%3ATableModeFixProp 52 If this mode is active, changes to the line and/or column affect the entire table.
18 .uno%3ATableModeVariable 55 If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect the size of the table.
e .uno%3AAutoSum 66 Activates the sum function. Note that the cursor must be in the cell where you want the sum to appear.
14 .uno%3ARemoveBullets 4f Turns off numbering or bullets in the current paragraph or selected paragraphs.
19 .uno%3ADecrementSubLevels 30 Shifts paragraphs with subpoints down one level.
19 .uno%3AIncrementSubLevels 38 Shifts paragraphs with subpoints up one numbering level.
1d .uno%3AInsertNeutralParagraph 53 Inserts a paragraph without numbering. The existing numbering will not be affected.
15 .uno%3AMoveUpSubItems 41 Moves a paragraph with subpoints to above the previous paragraph.
17 .uno%3AMoveDownSubItems 47 Moves a paragraph with all its subpoints below the following paragraph.
15 .uno%3ANumberingStart 1c Restarts the text numbering.
16 .uno%3AStatePageNumber 110 The current page number is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the Navigator, with which you can navigate in the document. A right-click shows all bookmarks in the document. Click a bookmark to position the text cursor at the bookmark location.
14 .uno%3AStatusBarFunc 37 Displays current information about the active document.
f .uno%3AZoomPlus 30 Zooms in to get a close-up view of the document.
10 .uno%3AZoomMinus 29 Precizira ime formulara i kako nastaviti.
d .uno%3AZoomIn 29 Precizira ime formulara i kako nastaviti.
14 SW_HID_PVIEW_ZOOM_LB 2e Determines the zoom level of the page preview.
13 .uno%3AShowTwoPages 2e Displays two pages in the Page Preview window.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpreviewzoomdialog%2Fcols 2d Defines the number of pages shown in columns.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpreviewzoomdialog%2Frows 24 Defines the number of rows of pages.
18 .uno%3AShowMultiplePages b2 Defines the number of pages displayed on screen. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a grid to select the number of pages to be displayed as rows and columns in the preview.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpreviewzoomdialog%2FPreviewZoomDialog b2 Defines the number of pages displayed on screen. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a grid to select the number of pages to be displayed as rows and columns in the preview.
12 .uno%3APreviewZoom b2 Defines the number of pages displayed on screen. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a grid to select the number of pages to be displayed as rows and columns in the preview.
13 .uno%3AShowBookview 47 Select to display the first page on the right side in the page preview.
3c sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3APB_STANDARD a6 Specifies that the system will not use a fixed number of rows and columns when printing out the page view, but rather uses what was originally shown in the page view.
3e sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_LANDSCAPE 24 Prints the page in landscape format.
3d sw%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3ARB_PORTRAIT 23 Prints the page in portrait format.
3c sw%3AMetricField%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3AMF_HMARGIN 3a Determines the horizontal distance between document pages.
3c sw%3AMetricField%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3AMF_RMARGIN 21 Specifies the right margin width.
3c sw%3AMetricField%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3AMF_VMARGIN 38 Determines the vertical distance between document pages.
3c sw%3AMetricField%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3AMF_TMARGIN 20 Specifies the top margin height.
3c sw%3AMetricField%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3AMF_LMARGIN 20 Specifies the left margin width.
3a sw%3ANumericField%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3ANF_COLS 4f Defines the number of pages shown in columns (vertically tiled document pages).
3a sw%3ANumericField%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3ANF_ROWS 4a Defines the number of rows of pages (horizontally stacked document pages).
3c sw%3AMetricField%3ADLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS%3AMF_BMARGIN 23 Specifies the bottom margin height.
1a .uno%3APreviewPrintOptions 4c Opens a dialog where settings for the printout of your document can be made.
18 FN_PREVIEW_PRINT_OPTIONS 4c Opens a dialog where settings for the printout of your document can be made.
13 SW_HID_MN_CALC_ACOS 25 Calculates the arc cosine in radians.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_MIN 32 Calculates the minimum value in an area or a list.
18 SW_HID_MN_POP_STATISTICS 38 You can choose from the following statistical functions:
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_NOT 29 Tests for values matching the Boolean NOT
17 SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_CALC 4e Opens a submenu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.
11 SW_HID_MN_CALC_EQ 24 Checks if selected values are equal.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_XOR 32 Tests for values matching the Boolean exclusive OR
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_SUM 29 Calculates the sum of the selected cells.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_GRE 2f Tests for values greater than a specified value
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_MAX 32 Calculates the maximum value in an area or a list.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_PHD 17 Calculates a percentage
11 SW_HID_MN_CALC_OR 28 Tests for values matching the Boolean OR
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_SIN 1e Calculates the sine in radians
13 SW_HID_MN_CALC_SQRT 1b Calculates the square root.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_GEQ 3b Tests for values greater than or equal to a specified value
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_NEQ 2d Tests for inequality between selected values.
13 SW_HID_MN_CALC_ATAN 26 Calculates the arc tangent in radians.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_TAN 22 Calculates the tangent in radians.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_LES 2c Tests for values less than a specified value
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_AND 29 Tests for values matching the Boolean AND
11 SW_HID_MN_POP_OPS 31 You can insert various operators in your formula.
13 SW_HID_MN_CALC_ASIN 23 Calculates the arc sine in radians.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_COS 21 Calculates the cosine in radians.
13 SW_HID_MN_CALC_MEAN 42 Calculates the arithmetic mean of the values in an area or a list.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_LEQ 39 Tests for values less than or equal to a specified value.
12 SW_HID_MN_POP_FUNC 3a You can choose from the following trigonometric functions:
16 SW_HID_MN_CALC_LISTSEP 21 Separates the elements in a list.
12 SW_HID_MN_CALC_POW 21 Calculates the power of a number.
14 SW_HID_MN_CALC_ROUND 30 Rounds a number to the specified decimal places.
19 SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_CANCEL 41 Clears the contents of the input line and closes the formula bar.
18 SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_APPLY ab Transfers the contents of the input line into your document and closes the formula bar. The contents of the input line are inserted at the cursor position in the document.
13 SW_HID_EDIT_FORMULA 8c Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the Formula icon to display the formulas in submenu.
11 .uno%3AInsertCtrl 61 The toolbar contains various functions for inserting frames, graphics, tables, and other objects.
12 SW_HID_INSERT_CTRL 61 The toolbar contains various functions for inserting frames, graphics, tables, and other objects.
16 .uno%3AInsertFieldCtrl 54 Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.
15 HID_INSERT_FIELD_CTRL 54 Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.
16 .uno%3AInsertDateField 24 Inserts the current date as a field.
16 .uno%3AInsertTimeField 24 Inserts the current time as a field.
1c .uno%3AInsertPageNumberField 42 Inserts the current page number as a field at the cursor position.
1b .uno%3AInsertPageCountField 3d Inserts as a field the total number of pages in the document.
17 .uno%3AInsertTopicField 45 Inserts the subject specified in the document properties as a field .
17 .uno%3AInsertTitleField 42 Inserts the title specified in the document properties as a field.
18 .uno%3AInsertAuthorField 48 Inserts the name of the person who created the document here as a field.
e .uno%3AGraphic 77 If the Images On/Off icon on the Tools bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.
13 .uno%3AShadowCursor 2b Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.
15 .uno%3AStateWordCount b2 The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the word count dialog, which shows extra document statistics.
f .uno%3AFileMenu 5c These commands apply to the current document, open a new document, or close the application.
f .uno%3AEditMenu 45 Ovaj meni sadrži naredbe za izmjenu sadržaja postojećeg dokumenta.
f .uno%3AViewMenu 47 Ovaj meni sadrži komande za kontrolisanje prikaza dokumenta na ekranu.
11 .uno%3AInsertMenu be The Insert menu contains commands for inserting new elements in your document. This includes sections, footnotes, comments, special characters, graphics, and objects from other applications.
11 .uno%3AFormatMenu 4e Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.
10 .uno%3AToolsMenu 9c Contains spelling tools, a gallery of object art that you can add to your document, as well as tools for configuring menus, and setting program preferences.
11 .uno%3AWindowList 43 Contains commands for manipulating and displaying document windows.
11 .uno%3AEntireCell 25 Izaberite karakteristike izvještaja.
19 .uno%3AConvertTableToText 3f Opens a dialog where you can convert the current table to text.
18 .uno%3AHeadingRowsRepeat 53 Repeats the table headers on subsequent pages if the table spans one or more pages.
12 .uno%3ASelectTable 25 Izaberite karakteristike izvještaja.
12 .uno%3ADeleteTable 25 Izaberite karakteristike izvještaja.
19 .uno%3AConvertTextToTable 42 Opens a dialog where you can convert the selected text to a table.
10 .uno%3ATableMenu 4a Shows commands to insert, edit, and delete a table inside a text document.
16 .uno%3AParaLeftToRight 22 Tekst se unosi sa lijeva na desno.
d .uno%3AShrink 2b Reduces the font size of the selected text.
16 .uno%3AParaRightToLeft 52 Tekst formatiran u jeziku kompleksnog rasporeda teksta se unosi sa desna na lijevo
b .uno%3AGrow 2d Increases the font size of the selected text.
10 HID_TEXT_TOOLBOX 3e The Formatting bar contains several text formatting functions.
12 HID_GRAFIK_TOOLBOX 5b The Picture Bar contains functions for formatting and positioning selected bitmap graphics.
11 HID_TABLE_TOOLBOX 75 The Table Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.
10 HID_DRAW_TOOLBOX 125 You can see the Drawing Object Properties bar in Writer and Calc. Select the menu View - Toolbars - Drawing Object Properties. The controls are enabled when a drawing object is selected. You see some different icons by default, whether the current document is a text document or a spreadsheet.
f HID_NUM_TOOLBOX b4 The Bullets and Numbering bar contains functions to modify the structure of numbered paragraphs, including changing the order of paragraphs and defining different paragraph levels.
11 .uno%3AZoomSlider 7f Drag the Zoom slider to the left to show more pages, drag to the right to zoom into a page and show a smaller area of the page.
11 .uno%3AViewLayout 92 The View Layout icons show from left to right: Single column mode. View mode with pages side by side. Book mode with two pages as in an open book.
15 .uno%3ALanguageStatus 175 Displays the language for the selected text. Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the current paragraph. Choose None to exclude the text from spellchecking and hyphenation. Choose Reset to Default Language to re-apply the default language for the selection or the paragraph. Choose More to open a dialog with more options.
14 .uno%3AInsertFormula 52 The Formula Bar allows you to create and insert calculations into a text document.
11 HID_FRAME_TOOLBOX 77 When a frame is selected, the Frame Bar provides the most important functions for formatting and positioning the frame.
f HID_OLE_TOOLBOX 87 The OLE-Object bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.
15 HID_DRAW_TEXT_TOOLBOX 49 Contains formatting commands for text that is contained in a draw object.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FSwapRow 2f Mijenja trenutni red sa prvim sljedećim ispod.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FSwapColumn 32 Mijenja trenutnu kolonu sa prvom sljedećom desno.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveRow 37 Briše trenutni red. Nije moguće brisati naslovni red.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertTextColumn 56 Inserts a new text column after the current column for hierarchical axes descriptions.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveColumn 3d Briše trenutnu kolonu. Nije moguće brisati naslovnu kolonu.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertColumn 28 Unosi novu kolonu pored trenutne kolone.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertRow 25 Unos u novi red ispod trenutnog reda.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATA_SERIES_LABEL 1a Unosi ime serije podataka.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FChartDataDialog 3e Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
12 .uno%3ADiagramData 3e Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisTitle 4e Click Axes Title On/Off on the Formatting bar to show or hide the axis labels.
12 .uno%3AToggleTitle 50 Click Title On/Off on the Formatting bar to show or hide the title and subtitle.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuTitles 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2FLB_LEGEND_TEXTDIR a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fright 2f Pozicija legende je na desnoj strani grafikona.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Ftop 26 Pozicija legende je na vrhu grafikona.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fleft 30 Pozicija legende je na lijevoj strani grafikona.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 2d Označava da li da prikaze legendu grafikona.
13 .uno%3AToggleLegend 55 Za pokazivanje ili sakrivanje legende, kliknite Legend On/Off on the Oblikovanje bar.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fbottom 25 Pozicija legende je na dnu grafikona.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuLegend 89 Opens the Legend dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 3e Enter the counterclockwise rotation angle for the data labels.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 36 Označava zamjenu oznaka podataka u odnosu na objekte.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 4a Označava razdvojiteljom između vise tekstualnih znakova za isti objekat.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 2d Otvara dijalog prozor za izbor formata broja.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 4a Označava razdvojiteljom između vise tekstualnih znakova za isti objekat.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_SYMBOL 3b Označava ikonu legende pored svake oznake tačke podataka.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCB_SYMBOL 3b Označava ikonu legende pored svake oznake tačke podataka.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuDataLabels 47 Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCB_CATEGORY 23 Pokazuje tačku podatka kao oznaku.
3d %2Fmodules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 36 Označava zamjenu oznaka podataka u odnosu na objekte.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 30 Otvara dijalog prozor za izbor formata procenta.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_PERCENTAGE 2e Izbacuje procenat vrijednosti u svakoj koloni.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_CATEGORY 23 Pokazuje tačku podatka kao oznaku.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 30 Otvara dijalog prozor za izbor formata procenta.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 2d Otvara dijalog prozor za izbor formata broja.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_NUMBER 2d Pokazuje apsolutnu vrijednost tačke podatka.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 3e Enter the counterclockwise rotation angle for the data labels.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_PERCENTAGE 2e Izbacuje procenat vrijednosti u svakoj koloni.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2Ftp_DataLabel 47 Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_NUMBER 2d Pokazuje apsolutnu vrijednost tačke podatka.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2Fdlg_DataLabels 47 Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryY 25 Prikazuje dodatnu y-osu na grafikonu.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryY 28 Prikazuje y-osu kao liniju sa podjelama.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryX 30 Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryX 25 Prikazuje dodatnu x-osu na grafikonu.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryZ 28 Prikazuje z-osu kao liniju sa podjelama.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FInsertAxisDialog 30 Specifies the axes to be displayed in the chart.
15 .uno%3AInsertMenuAxes 30 Specifies the axes to be displayed in the chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 29 Pokazuje samo pozitivne dijelove greški.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 30 Pokazuje pozitivne i negativne dijelove greške.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FMF_POSITIVE 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 34 Izaberite funkciju za izračunavanje dijela greške.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 45 Prikazuje procenat. Prikaz se odnosi na odgovarajuće tačke podataka
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 34 Izaberite funkciju za izračunavanje dijela greške.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 45 Prikazuje procenat. Prikaz se odnosi na odgovarajuće tačke podataka
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 29 Pokazuje samo pozitivne dijelove greški.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FMF_NEGATIVE 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 34 Izaberite funkciju za izračunavanje dijela greške.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 30 Pokazuje pozitivne i negativne dijelove greške.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FMF_POSITIVE 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FMF_NEGATIVE 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 34 Izaberite funkciju za izračunavanje dijela greške.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 2a Pokazuje samo negativne dijelove grešaka.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 29 Prikazuje konstantnu vrijednost procenta.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 23 Ne pokazuje niti jedan dio greške.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 2a Pokazuje samo negativne dijelove grešaka.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 23 Ne pokazuje niti jedan dio greške.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2Ftp_ErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuYErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuMeanValues 111 Linije srednjih vrijednosti pokazuju srednju vrijednost. Koristite Insert - Mean Value Lines za umetanje linije srednje vrijednosti za sve serije podataka. Jedna linija srednje vrijednosti može biti umetnuta Insert Mean Value Line komanda sadržaja menija serije podataka.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowCorrelationCoefficient 32 Pokazuje međuodnos koeficijenata linije kretanja.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowEquation 3b Pokazuje jednačinu kretanja linije pored linije kretanja..
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flogarithmic 26 Logaritamsko kretanje linija pokazano.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flinear 22 Linearno kretanje linija pokazano.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fpower 25 Stepenovano kretanje linija pokazano.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fexponential 29 Eksponencijalno kretanje linija pokazano.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FTP_TRENDLINE 77 Regresija krivulja, također poznata i kao kretanje linija može biti dodata svim 2D grafikonima izuzev kruga i akcija.
1e .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquation a2 Za pokazivanje jednačine linije kretanja, izaberite liniju kretanja u grafikonu, desni klik za otvaranje menija sadržaja i izaberite Insert Trend Line Equation.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuTrendlines 77 Regresija krivulja, također poznata i kao kretanje linija može biti dodata svim 2D grafikonima izuzev kruga i akcija.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_CONTINUE_LINE 75 For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_ASSUME_ZERO 60 For a missing value, the y-value will be shown as zero. This is the default for chart type Area.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_DONT_PAINT 67 For a missing value, no data will be shown. This is the default for chart types Column, Bar, Line, Net.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FNF_STARTING_ANGLE 70 Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCT_ANGLE_DIAL 151 Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_CONNECTOR 8b For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_OVERLAP 3b Defines the necessary settings for overlapping data series.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_GAP 33 Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_2 8a Mijenja podjelu y-ose. Ova osa je vidljiva jedino kada joj je najmanje jedna serija podataka pridružena i kada je vidljivost ose aktivna.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS 51 Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCB_CLOCKWISE ab The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_BARS_SIDE_BY_SIDE 58 The bars from different data series are shown as if they were attached only to one axis.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_1 56 Ova opcija je aktivna po defaultu. Sve serije podataka su poravnane do primarne y-ose.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FTP_OPTIONS 56 Ova opcija je aktivna po defaultu. Sve serije podataka su poravnane do primarne y-ose.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryX 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryY 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryZ 2a Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.
19 .uno%3AToggleGridVertical c0 The Vertical Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis. Note: This only works if the X-axis Minor grid is not selected in Insert - Grids.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryY 2a Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.
1b .uno%3AToggleGridHorizontal c3 The Horizontal Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis. Note: This only works if the Minor grid check boxes in Insert - Grids are cleared.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryZ 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryX 22 Dodaje koordinate x-osi grafikona.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FInsertGridDialog ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
16 .uno%3AInsertMenuGrids ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
16 .uno%3AFormatSelection 1c Formats the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASecondaryYTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
16 .uno%3ASecondaryXTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
f .uno%3ASubTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
d .uno%3AZTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
d .uno%3AXTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
10 .uno%3AMainTitle 25 Izmijenite osobine izabranog naslova.
d .uno%3AYTitle 43 Mijenja osobine izabranog naslova ili osobine svih naslova zajedno.
10 .uno%3AAllTitles 43 Mijenja osobine izabranog naslova ili osobine svih naslova zajedno.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fauto 23 Automatski uređuje brojeve na osi.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Feven 3a Potiskuje brojeve na osi, neparne brojeve manje od parnih.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FbreakCB 1f Dozvoljava da se tekst prelama.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FOrientDegree 35 Omogućava vam da ručno unesete orijentacijski ugao.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FOrientDegree 35 Omogućava vam da ručno unesete orijentacijski ugao.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FtextdirLB a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FoverlapCB 4a Određuje ukoliko tekst u ćeliji se može preklapati sa drugim ćelijama.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FstackedCB 3f Dodjeljuje vertikalnom tekstu orijentaciju za sadržaj ćelije.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FstackedCB 3f Dodjeljuje vertikalnom tekstu orijentaciju za sadržaj ćelije.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FshowlabelsCB 38 Određuje ukoliko se prikazuju ili sakrivaju oznake osa.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FtextdirLB a8 Određuje pravac teksta za paragraf koji koristi kompleksan prelom teksta (KPT). Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo ako kompleksan prelom teksta je osposobljen u podršci.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fodd 41 Potiskuje brojeve na osi, čak brojeve manje od neparnih brojeva.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Ftile 2f Uređuje brojevima na osi jedni naspram drugih.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisDescr 5c The AxesTitle On/Off icon on the Formatting bar switches the labeling of all axes on or off.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FAxisLabelTabPage 38 Određuje ukoliko se prikazuju ili sakrivaju oznake osa.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FTitleRotationTabPage 38 Određuje ukoliko se prikazuju ili sakrivaju oznake osa.
d .uno%3ALegend 3a Definiše ivicu, područje i karakter atributa za legendu.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisB 87 Otvara dijalog gdje možete izmijeniti osobine sekundarne y-ose. Da ubacite sekundarnu y-osu, izaberite Ubaci - Axes i izaberite Y-osa.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisA 87 Otvara dijalog gdje možete izmijeniti osobine sekundarne x-ose. Da ubacite sekundarnu x-osu, izaberite Ubaci - Axes i izaberite X-osa.
15 .uno%3ADiagramAxisAll 3e Otvara dijalog u kojem možete mijenjati osobine izabrane ose.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisZ 3e Otvara dijalog u kojem možete mijenjati osobine izabrane ose.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisX 3e Otvara dijalog u kojem možete mijenjati osobine izabrane ose.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisY 30 Otvara Y-osa dijalog da izmjenite osobine Y ose.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_MAIN_TIME_UNIT 54 Kreira formular koji se može koristiti za prikaz postojećih podataka i unos novih.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_STEPHELP 22 Definiše interval za podjelu osa.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_TIME_RESOLUTION 23 Prikazuje manje ili više podataka.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_TIME_RESOLUTION 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_AXIS_TYPE 6e For some types of axes, you can select to format an axis as text or date, or to detect the type automatically.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_REVERSE 44 Definiše gdje niže i više vrijednosti mogu biti prikazane na osi.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_ORIGIN 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_LOGARITHM 3f Izaberite ukoliko želite da osa bude logaritamski podijeljena.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_STEP_HELP 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_STEP_MAIN 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_MIN 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_MAX 48 Morate prvo izabrati Automatski opciju kako biste mijenjali vrijednosti.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_MAIN_DATE_STEP 54 Kreira formular koji se može koristiti za prikaz postojećih podataka i unos novih.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_HELP_TIME_UNIT 21 Prikazuje broj karaktera za znak.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_ORIGIN 3a Određuje u kojoj poziciji prikazati vrijednosti duž ose.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_STEP_MAIN 29 Definiše interval za glavnu podjelu osa.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MAX 2a Definiše maksimalnu vrijednost kraja ose.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MIN 22 Definiše minimum za početak ose.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_TICKS 49 Izaberite gdje da postavite oznake: kod oznake, ose ili kod ose i oznake.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_OUTER 4c Specificira da mali intervalne oznake su postavljene na vanjskoj strani ose.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_INNER 4e Specificira da mali interval oznake su postavljane na unutrašnjoj strani ose.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_OUTER 3a Određuje da su oznake postavljene na vanjskoj strani ose.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_INNER 3e Određuje da su oznake postavljene na unutrašnjoj strani ose.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_LABELS 68 Izaberite gdje da postavite oznake: blizu ose, blizu ose (sa druge strane), izvan početka, izvan kraja.
4d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT_CATEGORY 39 Izaberite kategoriju gdje osa treba da prelazi drugu osu.
44 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 3e Unesite vrijednost gdje linija ose treba da prelazi drugu osu.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 61 Izaberite gdje presjeći drugu osu: na početku, kraju, određenoj vrijednosti ili na kategoriji.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridZHelp 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridYHelp 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridXHelp 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridZMain 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
15 .uno%3ADiagramGridAll 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridYMain 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridXMain 2d Otvara dijalog Mreža za definisanje osobina.
12 .uno%3ADiagramWall 47 Otvara Zid grafa dijalog, u kojem možete izmjeniti osobine zida grafa.
13 .uno%3ADiagramFloor a1 Otvara pod grafa dialog, u kojem možete mijenjati osobine grafa.  The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.
12 .uno%3ADiagramArea 74 Otvara Površina grafa dijalog, u kojem možete da izmjenite površinu grafa. To obuhvata cijelu pozadinu iza grafa.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FPolynomialsSpinButton 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FResolutionSpinbutton 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSplineTypeComboBox 19 Apply a line curve model.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSmoothLinesDialog 19 Apply a line curve model.
3c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2FSteppedLinesDialog 3d Start with horizontal line and step up vertically at the end.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_AMBIENT_COLOR 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_LIGHTSOURCE 23 Postavite boju za izabrano svjetlo.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_7 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_6 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION 44 Postavlja rotaciju grafa po z osi. Prikaz odgovara novim postavkama.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_5 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_8 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION 44 Postavlja rotaciju grafa po y osi. Prikaz odgovara novim postavkama.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_2 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_AMBIENTLIGHT 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_1 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
49 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination 56 Pomaknite trkača da postavite vertikalnu visinu i prava izabranog svjetlosnog izvora.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_PERSPECTIVE aa Obilježite perspektivu da vidite graf kao kroz sočiva kamere. Koristite spin dugme da postavite procenat. Sa velikim procentom bliži objekti izgledaju veći od daljih.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_ROUNDEDEDGE 1a Ivice su zarubljene za 5%.
3d schart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_OBJECTLINES 3c Prikazuje ivice oko područja postavljanjem stila u Solidan.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FLB_SCHEME 1a Izaberite schemu sa liste.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_3 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_SHADING 51 Primjenjuje Gouraud sjenčenje ako je obilježeno, ili ravno sjenčenje ako nije.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_X_ROTATION 44 Postavlja rotaciju grafa na x osi. Prikaz odgovara novim postavkama.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_PERSPECTIVE aa Obilježite perspektivu da vidite graf kao kroz sočiva kamere. Koristite spin dugme da postavite procenat. Sa velikim procentom bliži objekti izgledaju veći od daljih.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES c5 Ako su pravougaone ose omogućene, možete rotirati sadržaj grafa samo u X ili Y smjeru, tj., paralelno ivicama grafa. Pravougaone ose su omogućene po default-u za sve novonapravljene 3D grafove.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_4 2b Kliknite da osposobite uniformnu svjetlost.
d .uno%3AView3D 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FsecondaryXaxis 71 Enter a label for the secondary y-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary y-axis.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fz 75 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fx 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the x-axis.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fright 2f Positions the legend to the right of the chart.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fleft 2e Positions the legend to the left of the chart.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 20 Displays a legend in your chart.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryZaxis 59 Enter a label for the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Ftop 2d Positions the legend to the top of the chart.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryYaxis 1a Unosi ime serije podataka.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryXaxis 1a Unosi ime serije podataka.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fy 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the y-axis.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fsubtitle 20 Enter a subtitle for your chart.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fbottom 30 Positions the legend to the bottom of the chart.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fmaintitle 1d Enter a title for your chart.
12 .uno%3ADiagramType 1c Opens the Chart Type dialog.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsort 6a Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fproperties 33 Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Flinetype 20 Choose the type of line to draw.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fpercent 27 Stack series display values as percent.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fontop 31 Stack series display values on top of each other.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fshape 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dscheme 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fstack 28 Displays stacked series for Line charts.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dlook 1a Unosi ime serije podataka.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsubtype 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fcharttype 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fnolines 3b Set the number of lines for the Column and Line chart type.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_WIZARD_ROADMAP 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Ftp_ChartType 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
42 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS 11b For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS 10d For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATACOLS dc Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATAROWS d8 Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FIB_RANGE a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FED_RANGE a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
11 .uno%3ADataRanges 4b Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_DOWN 36 Moves down the selected entry in the Data Series list.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_UP 34 Moves up the selected entry in the Data Series list.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_REMOVE 35 Removes the selected entry from the Data Series list.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_CAT 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_ADD 88 Adds a new entry below the current entry in the Data Series list. If an entry is selected, the new data series gets the same chart type.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_CATEGORIES 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_MAIN ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_ROLE a1 Shows all the data ranges used by the data series that is selected in the Data Series list box. Each data range shows the role name and the source range address.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_SERIES a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_RANGE ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2Ftp_DataSource a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
11 .uno%3ADataInRows 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
14 .uno%3ADataInColumns 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
10 .uno%3AScaleText 45 Rescales the text in the chart when you change the size of the chart.
15 .uno%3ANewArrangement b6 Moves all chart elements to their default positions inside the current chart. This function does not alter the chart type or any other attributes other than the position of elements.
12 .uno%3AContextType 2c Displays the name of the current chart type.
15 .uno%3AResetDataPoint 31 Resets the selected data point to default format.
17 .uno%3ADeleteYErrorBars 19 Deletes the Y error bars.
16 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabel 20 Deletes the selected data label.
14 .uno%3ADeleteR2Value 16 Deletes the R² value.
1e .uno%3ADeleteTrendlineEquation 1f Deletes the trendline equation.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMinorGrid 17 Deletes the minor grid.
19 .uno%3AResetAllDataPoints 29 Resets all data points to default format.
11 .uno%3ADeleteAxis 1a Deletes the selected axis.
17 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabels 18 Deletes all data labels.
13 .uno%3ADeleteLegend 19 Deletes the chart legend.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
17 .uno%3AInsertRemoveAxes 28 Opens a dialog to insert or delete axes.
16 .uno%3AFormatChartArea 17 Formats the chart area.
16 .uno%3AInsertMajorGrid 15 Inserts a major grid.
16 .uno%3AInsertAxisTitle 27 Opens a dialog to insert an axis title.
17 .uno%3AInsertDataLabels 14 Inserts data labels.
13 .uno%3AInsertTitles 26 Opens a dialog to insert chart titles.
16 .uno%3AInsertMinorGrid 15 Inserts a minor grid.
10 .uno%3ADrawChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
1e .uno%3AFormatTrendlineEquation 1f Formats the trendline equation.
16 .uno%3AFormatMeanValue 1c Formats the mean value line.
11 .uno%3AInsertAxis 21 Opens a dialog to insert an axis.
13 SW_HID_INSERT_CHART 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AStarChartDialog 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AFormatTrendline 16 Formats the trendline.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockGain 22 Formats the stock gain indicators.
14 .uno%3AInsertR2Value 33 Inserts the coefficient of determination R² value.
16 .uno%3AFormatMinorGrid 17 Formats the minor grid.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataPoint 20 Formats the selected data point.
16 .uno%3AInsertDataLabel 1c Inserts a single data label.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 48 Inserts the trendline equation and the coefficient of determination R².
16 .uno%3AFormatMajorGrid 17 Formats the major grid.
12 .uno%3AFormatTitle 1b Formats the selected title.
11 .uno%3AFormatAxis 1a Formats the selected axis.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataSeries 18 Formats the data series.
17 .uno%3AFormatYErrorBars 19 Formats the Y error bars.
12 .uno%3AFormatFloor 18 Formats the chart floor.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMeanValue 1c Deletes the mean value line.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMajorGrid 17 Deletes the major grid.
13 .uno%3AFormatLegend 19 Formats the chart legend.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockLoss 22 Formats the stock loss indicators.
11 .uno%3AFormatWall 17 Formats the chart wall.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataLabels 18 Formats the data labels.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataLabel 20 Formats the selected data label.
1b .uno%3AChartElementSelector b9 Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialog for the selected element.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
28 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fdefault 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
1c SFX2_HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
19 SFX2_HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 97 Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialog.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_PREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BACK 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbfilterarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatcol f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassignrb f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconditionalformatdialog%2Frbassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatrow f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdestarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign2 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvarbutton f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcolref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Finsert 43 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdelabbrev 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortslist%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1a ui%2Fgradientpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdeldouble 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdataarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2b sw%3APushButton%3ATP_STD_FONT%3APB_STANDARD 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
23 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbprintarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulasref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DEL 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
23 hid%2Fcui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
34 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_OFADLG_OPTIONS_TREE%3APB_BACK 40 Resets modified values back to the $[officename] default values.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulabutton f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frowref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-button f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryupdateprogress%2FGalleryUpdateProgress 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY 99 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a security query appears before objects are deleted.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_FOLDER 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 28 Kopira odabrani element u međuspremnik.
1d SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 2d Umeće odabrane slike kao grafičku pozadinu.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
1c SFX2_HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor1rb e Zatvara odjel.
26 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompresslzw 3d Prikazuje dokument na jedan i po u svojoj stvarnoj veličini.
2e svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionmf-nospin 21 Unesite e-mail adresu za odgovor.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel1rb 8c Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Finterlacedcb 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fepsipreviewcb b6 Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file. This format only contains printable characters from the 7-bit ASCII code.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftiffpreviewcb 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressnone 29 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate bilješke.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionpngnf 62 Sets the compression for the export. A high compression means a smaller, but slower to load image.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fbinarycb 3b Pokazuje jednačinu kretanja linije pored linije kretanja..
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolordepthlb 23 Postavite boju za izabrano svjetlo.
20 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Frlecb 24 Podešava sadržaj ćelije na desno.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionjpgnf 79 Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size
2d svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fsavetransparencycb ba Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthlb e Zatvara odjel.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftextcb 23 Idi do slijedećeg zapisa u tabeli.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor2rb 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel2rb 39 Izaberite kategoriju gdje osa treba da prelazi drugu osu.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionlb 21 Unesite e-mail adresu za odgovor.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fheightmf-nospin e Zatvara odjel.
29 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthmf-nospin 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetlist 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffixedwidth 2b Exports all data fields with a fixed width.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fasshown bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fquoteall c0 Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ftext 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffield 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetdropdown 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2FImOptDialog 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftextdelimiter 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Finputother 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fother 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fspace 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcolumntype 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcomma 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectspecialnumbers 9e When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect all number formats, including special number formats such as dates, time, and scientific notation.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fsemicolon 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fmergedelimiters 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftab 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftoseparatedby 27 Select the separator used in your data.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftofixedwidth 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ffromrow 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Flanguage 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcharset b2 When this option is enabled, fields or cells whose values are quoted in their entirety (the first and last characters of the value equal the text delimiter) are imported as text.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2FTextImportCsvDialog 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
2f sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_CUT 72 Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.
32 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_POSTER 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_SCALE 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
25 sd%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS 64 The Warning Print Options dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flf 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcr 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcrlf 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flanguage 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Ffont 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcharset 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2FAsciiFilterDialog 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
19 SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerytitledialog%2FGalleryTitleDialog 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
15 SVX_HID_GALLERY_TITLE 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
1a SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
1b SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
16 SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
1a SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
21 SW_HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
1c SW_HID_MN_READONLY_PLUGINOFF 1b Disables inserted plug-ins.
1d SW_HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
1e SW_HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
1e SW_HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
1b SW_HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
1e SW_HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 38 Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2FGalleryGeneralPage 1f Displays the name of the theme.
b slot%3A5500 4d Creates a new document using an existing template or opens a sample document.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 93 Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 34 Creates a new formula document ($[officename] Math).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 92 Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 34 Creates a new drawing document ($[officename] Draw).
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 72 Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). If activated, the Presentation Wizard dialog appears.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 38 Creates a new spreadsheet document ($[officename] Calc).
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 33 Creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
d .uno%3ANewDoc 49 If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates.
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
1b SFX2_HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 52 Creates a new $[officename] document. Click the arrow to select the document type.
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 25 Creates a new $[officename] document.
3d svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOCTEMPLATE%3ABTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT 23 Otvara izabrani šablon za izmjenu.
3f svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOCTEMPLATE%3ABTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE 40 Dodaje, uklanja, ili preuređuje šablone ili uzorak dokumenata.
1e SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_DOCINFO 3a Prikazuje karakteristike za izabrani šablon ili dokument.
1e SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREVIEW 3b Omogućava vam da pregledate izabrani šablon ili dokument.
1b SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREV 36 Pomiče se za jedan nivo direktorija, ako je dostupan.
1b SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK 30 Moves back to the previous window in the dialog.
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_FILEVIEW c7 Lists the available templates or documents for the selected category. Select a template or document and, then click Open. To preview the document, click the Preview button above the box on the right.
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT 26 Štampa izabrani šablon ili dokument.
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_ICONCTRL ad Categories are shown in the box on the left side of the Templates and Documents dialog. Click a category to display the files associated with that category in the Title box.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2Fok 38 Kreira novi dokument s nazivom "Naljepnica1" za izmjenu.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2FLabelDialog 51 Omogućuje vam da napravite naljepnice. Naljepnice su kreirane u tekst dokumentu.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 51 Omogućuje vam da napravite naljepnice. Naljepnice su kreirane u tekst dokumentu.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftype e9 Odaberite format veličine koji želite koristiti. Dostupni formati zavise o vrsti koju ste izabrali na spisku Vrsta. Ako želite koristiti uobičajeni format, odaberite [Korisnik], zatim kliknite Oblik karticu da definišete format.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fbrand 2b Izaberite tip papira koji zelite koristiti.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Finsert 84 Odaberite polje baze podataka koje želite, zatim kliknite strelicu lijevo od ove kutije da ubacite polje u Tekst naljepnice kutiju.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ffield 84 Odaberite polje baze podataka koje želite, zatim kliknite strelicu lijevo od ove kutije da ubacite polje u Tekst naljepnice kutiju.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fcontinuous 2d Štampa naljepnice na individualnim papirima.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fdatabase 56 Odaberite bazu podataka koju želite koristiti kao izvor podataka za vašu naljepnicu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftable 55 Odaberite bazu podataka koja sadrzava polja koja zelite koristiti u vasoj naljepnici.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Faddress 6b Kreira naljepnicu s vašom povratnom adresom. Tekst koji je trenutno u Tekst naljepnice kutiji je prepisan.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftextview 67 Unesite tekst koji želite da se pojavi na naljepnici. Takoder možete umetnuti polje iz baze podataka.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2FCardMediumPage 41 Navedite tekst oznake i odaberite veličinu papira za naljepnicu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Ftype 26 Upišite ili odaberite tip naljepnice.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Fbrand 24 Upišite ili odaberite željeni tip.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2FSaveLabelDialog 24 Upišite ili odaberite željeni tip.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fsave 33 Sačuva trenutni format naljepnice ili vizit-karte.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Frows 4a Upišite broj naljepnica ili vizit-karti koje će biti u visini stranice..
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Ftop 9c Prikazuje udaljenost od gornjeg ugla stranice do gornjeg ugla prve naljepnice ili vizit-karte. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fleft 9c Prikazuje udaljenost od lijevog ugla stranice do lijevog ugla prve naljepnice ili vizit-karte. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fwidth 6e Prikazuje širinu za naljepnicu ili vizit-kartu. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fvert b9 Prikazuje udaljenost između gornjeg ugla naljepnice ili vizit-karte i gornjeg ugla naljepnice ili vizit-karte odmah ispod. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fcols 4a Upišite broj naljepnica ili vizit-karti koje će biti u širini stranice.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fheight 6d Prikazuje visinu za naljepnicu ili vizit-kartu. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fhori 8f Prikazuje udaljenost između lijevih uglova suprotnih naljepnica ili vizit-karti. Ako definišete uobičajeni format, unesite vrijednost ovdje.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2FLabelFormatPage 26 Postavi opcije za formatiranje papira.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsynchronize af Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fcols 56 Upišite broj naljepnica ili vizit-karti koje želite imati u redu na vašoj stranici.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsinglelabel 34 Printa jednu naljepnicu ili vizit-kartu na stranici.
29 sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_SYNC_BTN%3ABTN_SYNC 5d Kopira sadržaje gornje lijeve naljepnice ili vizit-karte u preostale naljepnice na stranici.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fentirepage 33 Kreira čitavu stranicu naljepnica ili vizit-karti.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsetup 1f Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Frows 4f Upišite broj redova naljepnica ili vizit-karti koje želite imati na stranici.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2FLabelOptionsPage 7b Za postavljanje dodatnih opcija za naljepnice ili vizit-karte, uključujući sinhronizaciju teksta i podešavanja printera.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 33 Dizajnirajte i stvorite svoje vlastite vizit-karte.
1d SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE e3 Odaberite veličinu formata koji želite koristiti. Dostupni oblici ovise o tome što ste odabrali u Marke listi. Ako želite koristiti format određenih mjera, odaberite[User], a zatim kliknite Oblik tab da definišete format.
1e SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 2e Odaberite marku papira koji želite koristiti.
1e SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 2f Štampa vizit-karte na pojedinačnim listovima.
1d SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 27 Štampa posjetnice na papir neprekidno.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Fautotext 4d Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Ftreeview 67 Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2FCardFormatPage 1e Definirajte izgled posjetnica.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fphone 23 Upišite svoj kućni broj telefona.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fjob 1c Unesite naslov svoje struke.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fmobile 25 Upišite svoj broj mobilnog telefona.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fcountry 25 Unesite naziv zemlje u kojoj živite.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname2 44 Unesite inicijale osobe, koju želite koristiti kao drugog kontakta.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Furl 30 Unesite adresu svoje Internet početne stranice.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname2 42 Unesite prezime osobe, koju želite koristiti kao drugog kontakta.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname2 3e Unesite ime osobe, koju želite koristiti kao drugog kontakta.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Furl 25 Unesite Internet adresu Vaše tvrtke.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fmobile 25 Unesite svoj  broj mobilnog telefona.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fphone 24 Unesite svoj telefonski broj tvrtke.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 35 Unesite naziv države u kojoj se nalazi Vaša tvrtka.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fslogan 1f Unesite slogan vaše kompanije.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany2 24 Unesite dodatne podatke o kompaniji.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2FBusinessDataPage 24 Unesite dodatne podatke o kompaniji.
19 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 21 Opens the file in read-only mode.
1b SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN 44 Ubacuje odabrane datoteke u trenutnom dokumentu na poziciji kursora.
23 FPICKER_HID_FILEDLG_AUTOCOMPLETEBOX 78 Unesite naziv datoteke ili put za datoteku. Također možete unijeti URL koji počinje s ftp protokolom, http ili https.
20 SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_FOLDER_FILENAME 78 Unesite naziv datoteke ili put za datoteku. Također možete unijeti URL koji počinje s ftp protokolom, http ili https.
18 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 55 Ako postoji više verzija odabrane datoteke, odaberite verziju koju želite otvoriti.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fall 32 Kliknite da biste izbrisali sve odabrane datoteke.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fno 58 Kliknite da biste poništili brisanje datoteke s imenom prikazane u ovoj dijalog kutiji.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fyes 4e Kliknite da biste izbrisali datoteku s imenom prikazane u ovoj dijalog kutiji.
1c SVT_HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME 63 Da biste preimenovali datoteku, desnom tipkom miša kliknite datoteku, a zatim odaberite Preimenuj.
43 fpicker%3AListBox%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ALB_EXPLORERFILE_FILETYPE 78 Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the folder.
1c SVT_HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE 5e Da biste izbrisali datoteku, desnom tipkom miša kliknite datoteku, a zatim odaberite Obriši.
49 fpicker%3AImageButton%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_NEWFOLDER 15 Creates a new folder.
41 fpicker%3AMenuButton%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_UP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
18 SVT_HID_EXPLORERDLG_FILE 1a Otvara ili uvozi datoteku.
b .uno%3AOpen 1a Otvara ili uvozi datoteku.
1e SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 27 Enter or select the path from the list.
19 SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 1b Selects the indicated path.
2e uui%3AListBox%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_FILTERS 3c Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Saves the current document.
20 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
21 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
17 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE f Saves the file.
19 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
18 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
19 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
49 fpicker%3AListBox%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ALB_EXPLORERFILE_PLACES_LISTBOX 49 Displays "favourite" places, i.e. shortcuts to local or remote locations.
20 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY 15 Creates a new folder.
18 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
1a SVT_HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
50 fpicker%3APushButton%3ADLG_SVT_EXPLORERFILE%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_CONNECT_TO_SERVER 7f Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.
17 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
d .uno%3ASaveAs 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
d SID_SAVEASDOC 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fcomments 2d Enter comments to help identify the document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fkeywords ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Ftitle 1f Enter a title for the document.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fsubject 61 Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents.
34 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2FDescriptionInfoPage 34 Contains descriptive information about the document.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fuserdatacb 78 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Freset a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fnameed 17 Displays the file name.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2FDocumentInfoPage 32 Contains basic information about the current file.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fadd 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fproperties ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2FCustomInfoPage 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
1e sc%3ATabPage%3ARID_SCPAGE_STAT 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Fprotect d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Frecordchanges 50 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Changes - Record.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Freadonly 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Funprotect d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2FSecurityInfoPage 2f Sets password options for the current document.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
28 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fadmin 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
2c svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatatable 2c Select the data table for your address book.
2d svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatasource 2d Select the data source for your address book.
38 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2FAddressTemplateDialog 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
29 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fassign 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
32 sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_ORGANIZE 54 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize or create new templates.
2e sfx2%3APushButton%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_EDIT 23 Otvara izabrani šablon za izmjenu.
32 sfx2%3AListBox%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_STYLESHEETS 28 Lists the available template categories.
2e sfx2%3AListBox%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_SECTION 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
28 sfx2%3AEdit%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3AED_NAME 1e Enter a name for the template.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 44 Postavlja rotaciju grafa na x osi. Prikaz odgovara novim postavkama.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 33 Promjeni veličinu objekta na originalnu veličinu.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerows 1c Odaberite operator sa liste.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 25 Ubacuje novi zapis u trenutnu tabelu.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 33 Postavlja upute (brze linije) ispred svih objekata.
27 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsingleprintjob 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbtn 15 Unesi glavnu lozinku.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagecols 13 Postavi rezoluciju.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsheetmarginsb 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A2 33 Promjeni veličinu objekta na originalnu veličinu.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderlb 1c Odaberite operator sa liste.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Freverseorder 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintLeftRightPages%3AListBox 1f Idi do zadnjeg zapisa u tabeli.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinters f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fexpander 3b Pokazuje jednačinu kretanja linije pored linije kretanja..
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 33 Promjeni veličinu objekta na originalnu veličinu.
1e vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsetup 6a Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPaperFromSetup%3ACheckBox 44 Postavlja rotaciju grafa na x osi. Prikaz odgovara novim postavkama.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcopycount 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2FPrintDialog 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AFixedText 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forientationlb 1c Odaberite operator sa liste.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
40 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 34 Postavlja kuros na prethodni objekat odabranog tipa.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinttofile 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 182 If this option is enabled automatically inserted blank pages are printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 42 Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 4c Odredjuje gdje ce fusnote i endnote biti prikazane kao i njihovo numerisanje
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 24 Podešava sadržaj ćelije na desno.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 31 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate tabularne formule.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbordercb 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsIncludeEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintScale%3ANumericField 33 Promjeni veličinu objekta na originalnu veličinu.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpaperspersheetlb 1c Odaberite operator sa liste.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A1 1d Idi do prvog zapisa u tabeli.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectInclude%3AListBox 28 Odaberite ovu ikonu da listate stranice.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagemarginsb 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ABorder%3ACheckBox 24 Podešava sadržaj ćelije na desno.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 1b Postavi redosljed podataka.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 1f Idi do zadnjeg zapisa u tabeli.
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ATitleRow%3ACheckBox 24 Podešava sadržaj ćelije na desno.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 6d Omogućite pokazivanje korelacije koeficijenata da biste vidjeli korelaciju koeficijenata regresije krivulje.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AFormulaText%3ACheckBox 24 Podešava sadržaj ćelije na desno.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcollate 33 Promjeni veličinu objekta na originalnu veličinu.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A0 25 Ubacuje novi zapis u trenutnu tabelu.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
39 svtools%3AListBox%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG%3ALB_NAMES 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
32 svtools%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
13 .uno%3APrinterSetup 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 80 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 83 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
f .uno%3ASendMail 7e Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
19 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 49 Izaberite stil pasusa ili okvir koji želite da odvojite u pod dokumente.
28 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE 49 Izaberite stil pasusa ili okvir koji želite da odvojite u pod dokumente.
24 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_EDIT_FILEURL 49 Izaberite stil pasusa ili okvir koji želite da odvojite u pod dokumente.
28 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_CONTROL_FILEVIEW 49 Izaberite stil pasusa ili okvir koji želite da odvojite u pod dokumente.
13 .uno%3ANewGlobalDoc 95 Pravi master dokument od trenutnog dokumenta. Novi pod-dokument je kreiran pri svakoj pojavi biranog paragrafa stila ili okvira u izvornom dokumentu.
b .uno%3AQuit 1a Zaustavlja trenutni makro.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fdelete 1d Deletes the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fshow 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fopen 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fversions 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Falways 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fcompare 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
36 sfx%2Fui%2Fversioncommentdialog%2FVersionCommentDialog 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fsave a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2FVersionsOfDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_UNDO a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3AUndo a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_REDO 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3ARedo 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
d .uno%3ARepeat 48 Ponavlja posljednju komandu. Ova komanda je dostupna u Writeru i Calc-u.
13 .uno%3ARepeatAction 48 Ponavlja posljednju komandu. Ova komanda je dostupna u Writeru i Calc-u.
a .uno%3ACut 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
b .uno%3ACopy 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
c .uno%3APaste 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
17 SC_HID_SC_REPLCELLSWARN 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fno_shift 0 
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftranspose 0 
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fskip_empty 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmultiply 0 
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fadd 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fobjects 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsubtract 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformats 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformulas 0 
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftext 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdatetime 0 
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdivide 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fcomments 0 
15 .uno%3AInsertContents 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnumbers 0 
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_down 0 
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2FPasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flist 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flink 0 
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsource 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
15 .uno%3APasteClipboard 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fpaste_all 0 
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_right 0 
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2FPasteSpecialDialog 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnone 0 
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
10 .uno%3ASelectAll 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fallsheets 43 Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Frows 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcalcsearchin 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fexpander1 60 Shows more or fewer search options. Click this button again to hide the extended search options.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceall 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearch 63 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.
31 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FSoundsLikeCJKSettings 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flayout cf Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslikebtn 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
24 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnotes 48 In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FSoundsLikeCJK a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslike a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FHalfFullFormsCJK 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace 66 Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnoformat 7b Click in the Search for or the Replace with box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
30 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2FFindReplaceDialog 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
2d svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcharwidth 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fregexp 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcols 30 Searches from top to bottom through the columns.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fselection 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchall 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcase 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fbackwards 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplacelist 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fwholewords 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchlist 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
17 .uno%3ASearchProperties 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceterm 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchterm 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Frelaxbox 51 Traži termin koji odgovara bilo kojoj kombinaciji postavki traženja sličnosti.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fshorterfld 4c Unesite broj znakova po kojima riječ može biti kraća od tražene riječi.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Flongerfld 5f Unesite maksimalni broj znakova po kojima riječ može preći broj znakova u traženoj riječi.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fotherfld 43 Unesite broj znakova u polje za pretragu koji će biti zamijenjeni.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilaritybtn 29 Postavite opcije za traženje sličnosti.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbApproxSettings 84 Pronađi termine koji su slični Traži tekstu. Označite ovu opciju, a onda kliknite na ... dugme da definišete opcije sličnosti.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbApprox 84 Pronađi termine koji su slični Traži tekstu. Označite ovu opciju, a onda kliknite na ... dugme da definišete opcije sličnosti.
3a cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2FSimilaritySearchDialog 84 Pronađi termine koji su slični Traži tekstu. Označite ovu opciju, a onda kliknite na ... dugme da definišete opcije sličnosti.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilarity 84 Pronađi termine koji su slični Traži tekstu. Označite ovu opciju, a onda kliknite na ... dugme da definišete opcije sličnosti.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsearchattrdialog%2FSearchAttrDialog 29 Izaberite atribute koje želite tražiti.
34 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_ATTRIBUTE 10d Izaberite atribute teksta koje želite tražiti. Na primjer, ako tražite Pismo atribut, svi dijelovi teksta koji ne koriste standardni font su pronađeni. Sav tekst koji ima direktno specificiran atribut fonta i sav tekst gdje stil mijenja atribut fonta su pronađeni.
31 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_FORMAT 73 Nalazi određene osobine formatiranja teksta, kao što su tip fonta, efekti fonta, i karakteristike protoka teksta.
13 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 21 Briše izbor iz liste navigatora.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX22 3c Pomjeri selekciju za jednu poziciju gore u listi navigatora.
19 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 2c Mijenja postavke linka za odabrani dokument.
18 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT 8b Unosi novi paragraf u master dokument u koji možete unijeti tekst. Ne možete unijeti tekst do postojećeg tekstualnog unosa u navigatoru.
14 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT ac Uređuje sadržaj komponenti odabranih u listi navigatora. Ako je odabir dokument, isti je otvoren za uređivanje. Ako je odabir indeks, dijalog kutija indeksa je otvorena.
18 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 3f Unosi jedan ili više postojećih dokumenata u master dokument.
16 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 3c Unosi dokument, indeks, ili novi dokument u master dokument.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX21 93 Spašava kopiju sadržaja master dokumenta. Ovo osigurava da trenutni sadržaj je dostupan nakon što se ne mogne pristupiti povezanim dokumentima.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX20 3c Unosi dokument, indeks, ili novi dokument u master dokument.
16 SW_HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 16 Obnavlja sav sadržaj.
17 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 34 Unosi indeks ili tabelu sadržaja u master dokument.
18 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 15 Obnavlja sve linkove.
17 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 15 Obnavlja sve indekse.
17 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 1a Obnavlja sadržaj odabira.
16 SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 34 Kliknite i odaberite sadržaj koji želite obnoviti.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX19 34 Kliknite i odaberite sadržaj koji želite obnoviti.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX18 ac Uređuje sadržaj komponenti odabranih u listi navigatora. Ako je odabir dokument, isti je otvoren za uređivanje. Ako je odabir indeks, dijalog kutija indeksa je otvorena.
1c SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 21 Kreira i unosi novi sub-dokument.
11 SW_HID_NAVI_TBX23 37 Pomjera odabir za jedno mjesto dole u listi navigatora.
1e SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST 97 Navigator nabroji glavne komponente master dokumenta. Ako zadržite pokazatelj miša na imenu sub-dokumenta sa liste, putanja sub-dokumenta se prikaže
39 cui%3APushButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3APB_CHANGE_SOURCE 2f Promijeni izvorišnu datoteku za odabrani link.
36 cui%3APushButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3APB_UPDATE_NOW 6d Obnavlja odabrani link tako da zadnja sačuvana verzija povezane datoteke je prikazana u trenutnom dokumentu.
33 cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3ARB_MANUAL 34 Samo obnavlja link kad kliknete na Ažuriraj  dugme.
36 cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3ARB_AUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
15 CUI_HID_LINKDLG_TABLB 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
10 .uno%3AEditLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
36 cui%3APushButton%3AMD_UPDATE_BASELINKS%3APB_BREAK_LINK 92 Razdvaja link između izvorišne datoteke i trenutnog dokumenta. Zadnji obnovljeni sadržaj izvorišne datoteke je sačuvan u trenutnom dokumentu.
11 .uno%3ALinkDialog c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
14 .uno%3APlugInsActive 149 Dozvoljava da uredite dodatke u vašoj datoteci. Odaberite ovu komandu da omogućite ili blokirate ovu opciju. Kada je omogućena, kvačica se pojavi pored komande, i možete naći komande da uredite dodatke u njihovom meniju sadržaja. Kada je blokirana, možete naći komande da upravljate dodacima u njihovom meniju sadržaja.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 33 Promjeni veličinu objekta na originalnu veličinu.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 6a Dopušta Vam da uredite odabrani objekat u Vašem dokumentu, koji ste unijeli saUbaci - Objekat  naredbom.
3e cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_FRMBORDER_OFF 20 Skriva granicu pokretnog okvira.
3e cui%3ANumericField%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ANM_MARGINHEIGHT af Unesi količinu vertikalnog prostora koji želite ostaviti između gornjeg i donjeg ruba pokretnog okvira. I dokument unutra I izvana pokretnog okvira mora biti HTML dokument.
3e cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_SCROLLINGAUTO 6d Označite ovu opciju ako trenutno aktivni pokretni okvir može imati pomičnu traku ukoliko je ista potrebna.
3d cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_SCROLLINGOFF 28 Skriva pomičnu traku za pokretni okvir.
41 cui%3ACheckBox%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ACB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT 1e Primjenjuje standardni razmak.
3c cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_SCROLLINGON 2b Prikazuje pomičnu traku za pokretni okvir.
3d cui%3ANumericField%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ANM_MARGINWIDTH b1 Unesi količinu horizontalnog prostora koji želite ostaviti između desnog i lijevog ruba pokretnog okvira. I dokument unutra I izvana pokretnog okvira mora biti HTML dokument.
38 cui%3APushButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ABT_FILEOPEN 62 Locirajte dokument koji želite prikazati u odabranom pokretnom okviru, i onda kliknite na Otvori.
2d cui%3AEdit%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3AED_URL 94 Unesite putanju i ime dokumenta koji želite prikazati u pokretnom okviru. Možete kliknuti na ... dugme i locirati dokument koji želite prikazati.
3d cui%3ARadioButton%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3ARB_FRMBORDER_ON 23 Prikazuje granicu pokretnog okvira.
33 cui%3AEdit%3AMD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME%3AED_FRAMENAME 7c Unesite ime pokretnog okvira. Ime ne može sadržavati razmak, specijalne karaktere, ili počinjati sa donjoj crticom ( _ ).
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_GRAPHWND 0 
2a svx%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAP%3ACBB_URL 4f Unesite URL za datoteku koju želite otvoriti kada kliknete na odabrano mjesto.
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_OPEN 5b Unosi postojeću mapu slika u MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA ili SIP StarView ImageMap format datoteke.
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_PROPERTY 39 Omogućava vam da definišete svojstva odabrane lokacije.
27 svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAP%3AEDT_TEXT 64 Unesite tekst koji želite da se prikaže kada se miš nalazi na određenom mjestu u pretraživaču.
1a SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLYDELETE 25 Briše odabrane pričvršćene tačke
15 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_MACRO 6d Omogućava vam da dodijelite makronaredbu koja se pokreće kada kliknete na odabrano mjesto u pretraživaču.
1a SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLYINSERT 4a Dodaje pričvršćenu tačku ondje gdje kliknete na siluetu vruće tačke.
16 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_SAVEAS 52 Sačuva mapu slika u MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA ili SIP StarView ImageMap format datoteke.
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLYMOVE 56 Dopušta Vam pomjeranje pojedinačnih pričvršćenih tačaka odabrane vruće tačke .
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLYEDIT 5e Dopušta Vam da promijenite oblik odabrane vruće tačke uređivanjem pričvršćenih tačaka.
18 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_FREEPOLY 12d Crta vruću tačku baziranu na poligonu slobodnog oblika. . Kliknite na ikonu, I pomjerite na mjesto gdje želite crtati vruću tačku. Povucite slobodnu liniju i pustite da zatvorite oblik. Poslije, možete unijeti Adresu i Tekst za vruću tačku, i onda odabrati Okvir gdje želite URL da se otvori.
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_POLY 1bf Crta poligonalnu vruću tačku kad povučete je na sliku. Kliknite na ikonu, povucite je na sliku, kliknite da definišete jednu stranu poligona. Pomjerite na mjesto gdje želite postaviti kraj sljedeće strane, i onda kliknite. Ponavljajte dok ne nacrtate sve strane poligona. Kada ste završili, duplim klikom miša zatvarate poligon. Poslije, možete unijeti Adresu i Tekst za vruću tačku, i onda odabrati Okvir gdje želite URL da se otvori.
16 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_ACTIVE 60 Blokira ili omogućava hipervezu za odabranu vruću tačku. Blokirana vruća tačka je providna.
14 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_RECT a4 Crta pravougaonu vruću tačku kada je povučete na sliku. Poslije, možete unijeti Adresu i Tekst vruće tačke, i onda odabrati Okvir kad želite da otvorite URL.
16 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_SELECT 32 Odaberi vruću tačku u mapi slika za uređivanje.
16 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_CIRCLE a7 Crta elipsoidnu vruću tačku kad povučete je na sliku. Poslije, možete unijeti Adresu i Tekst za vruću tačku, i onda odabrati Okvir gdje želite URL da se otvori.
15 SVX_HID_IMAPDLG_APPLY 33 Primjenjuje promjene koje ste napravili mapi slika.
15 .uno%3AImageMapDialog 9e Dopušta Vam da prikačite URL-ove na određena područja, zvana vruće tačke, na sliku ili grupu slika. Mapa slika je grupa jedne ili više vrućih tačaka.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FdescTV 18 Unesite opis za lokaciju
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Fnameentry 16 Unesite naziv za sliku
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FframeCB a2 Unesite ime ciljnog okvira u kojem želite da otvorite URL. Takođe možete odabrati standardno ime okvira koje je priznato među svim pretraživačima sa spiska.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Ftextentry 61 Unesite tekst koji želite da se prikaže kada mišem označite željeno mjesto u pretraživaču.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Furlentry 52 Unesite URL za datoteku koju želite da otvorite kada kliknete na odabrano mjesto.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FIMapDialog 28 Izlistava svojstva za odabranu lokaciju.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 4b Izlistava komande koje su dostupne za praćenje promjena u vašoj datoteci.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 55 Prati svaku promjenu koja je napravljena u trenutnom dokumentu putem autora i datuma.
13 .uno%3ATrackChanges 55 Prati svaku promjenu koja je napravljena u trenutnom dokumentu putem autora i datuma.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 90 Spriječavajući korisnika od deaktiviranja zapisa mijenja odliku, ili od prihvatanja ili odbijanja promjena osim ako korisnik ne upiše šifru.
12 SC_HID_CHG_PROTECT 90 Spriječavajući korisnika od deaktiviranja zapisa mijenja odliku, ili od prihvatanja ili odbijanja promjena osim ako korisnik ne upiše šifru.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 28 Prikazuje ili sakriva zapisane promjene.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2FShowChangesDialog 28 Prikazuje ili sakriva zapisane promjene.
19 .uno%3AShowTrackedChanges 28 Prikazuje ili sakriva zapisane promjene.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2FCommentDialog 25 Upiši komentar za zapisanu promjenu.
14 .uno%3ACommentChange 25 Upiši komentar za zapisanu promjenu.
1c .uno%3ACommentChangeTracking 25 Upiši komentar za zapisanu promjenu.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 1c Prihvati ili odbij promjene.
1b .uno%3AAcceptTrackedChanges 1c Prihvati ili odbij promjene.
13 SW_HID_SORT_COMMENT 3e Poreda spisak prema komentarima koji su priloženi promjenama.
12 SW_HID_SORT_ACTION 23 Poreda spisak prema vrsti promjene.
12 SW_HID_SORT_AUTHOR 1b Poreda spisak prema Autoru.
14 SC_HID_SORT_POSITION 60 Poreda spisak u silaznom redu prema poziciji promjena u dokumentu. Ovo je zadana metoda redanja.
19 SC_HID_SC_CHANGES_COMMENT 25 Edituj komentar za odabranu promjenu.
13 SW_HID_EDIT_COMMENT 25 Edituj komentar za odabranu promjenu.
2b svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fundo 25 Edituj komentar za odabranu promjenu.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Facceptall 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
13 SC_HID_SC_SORT_DATE 36 Ispisuje datum i vrijeme kada je promjena napravljena.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Freject 48 Odbija označenu promjenu i briše označavanje od promjene u dokumentu.
19 .uno%3ARejectTracedChange 48 Odbija označenu promjenu i briše označavanje od promjene u dokumentu.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Faccept 4a Prihvata označenu promjenu i briše označavanje od promjene u dokumentu.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2Fchanges b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Frejectall 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
10 SW_HID_SORT_DATE 25 Poreda spisak prema datumu i vremenu.
15 SC_HID_SC_SORT_AUTHOR 2d Ispisuje korisnika koji je napravio promjenu.
15 SC_HID_SC_SORT_ACTION 32 Ispisuje promjene koje su napravljene u dokumentu.
19 .uno%3AAcceptTracedChange 4a Prihvata označenu promjenu i briše označavanje od promjene u dokumentu.
16 SC_HID_SC_SORT_COMMENT 2f Ispisuje komentare koji su priloženi promjeni.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2FRedlineViewPage 29 Prihvati ili odbij pojedinačne promjene.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcommentedit 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstartdate 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Faction 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsimplerefdialog%2FSimpleRefDialog 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcomment 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdotdotdot 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Factionlist 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frange 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frangeedit 3c Označi raspon ćelija koje želite da koristite kao filter.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthorlist 49 Filtrira spisak promjena prema imenu autora kojeg vi izaberete iz spiska.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendclock 37 Upisuje trenutni datum i vrijeme u odgovarajuća polja.
3a sc%3AImageButton%3ARID_SCDLG_HIGHLIGHT_CHANGES%3ARB_ASSIGN 4a Filtrira komentare promjena prema ključnoj riječi(ima) koje vi upišete.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthor 49 Filtrira spisak promjena prema imenu autora kojeg vi izaberete iz spiska.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstartclock 37 Upisuje trenutni datum i vrijeme u odgovarajuća polja.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendtime 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fenddate 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstarttime 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdatecond 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2FRedlineFilterPage 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdate 42 Filtrira spisak promjena prema datumu i vremenu koje vi postavite.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments a2 Ubacuje promjene napravljene na kopijama istog dokumenta u originalni dokument. Promjene napravljene nad fusnotama, zaglavljima, okvirima i poljima su zanemarene.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 39 Poredi trenutni dokument sa dokumentom koji vi izaberete.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 25 Ubacuje novi zapis u trenutnu tabelu.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MAPPINGDLG d9 Omogućava vam da povežete zaglavlja kolone sa poljima podataka od različitog izvora podataka. Da bi preradili različit izvor podataka za vašu bibliografiju, pritisnite na Izvor podataka dugme na zapisuObjekt Bar.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping d9 Omogućava vam da povežete zaglavlja kolone sa poljima podataka od različitog izvora podataka. Da bi preradili različit izvor podataka za vašu bibliografiju, pritisnite na Izvor podataka dugme na zapisuObjekt Bar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_DB_TBX 4c Ubaci, obriši, edituj, i organizuj zapise u bazi podataka za bibliografije.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 58 Koristi Standardni filter da bi preradio i kombiniraoAutomatski Filter opcije traženja.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 25 Ubacuje novi zapis u trenutnu tabelu.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
15 SVX_HID_FM_DELETEROWS 16 Briše odabrani zapis.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 5c Upiši kratko ime za zapis. Kratko ime se pojavljuje u Identifikator koloni u spisku zapisa.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter b2 Pritisnite dugo da bi odabrali polje podataka koje želite da tražite koristeći termin koji ste upisali u Ključ za traženje polju. Možete samo tražiti jedno polje podataka.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 191 Upiši informacije koje želiš da tražiš, i onda pritisni Enter. Da promijenite postavke filtera za pretraživanje, pritisnite dugo na Automatski Filter ikonu, i onda odaberite različito polje podataka. Možete koristiti zamjene kao % ili * za bilo koju broj znakova, i _ ili ? za jedan znak u vašem pretraživanju. Da prikažete sve zapise u tabeli, očistite ovo polje, i onda pritisnite Enter.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 22 Idi do prethodnog zapisa u tabeli.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 1d Idi do prvog zapisa u tabeli.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 1f Idi do zadnjeg zapisa u tabeli.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS 8d Odaberi vrstu zapisa koji želite da napravite. $[officename] ubacuje broj u Vrsta kolonu od zapisa koja odgovara vrsti koju odaberete ovdje.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 39 Odaberi izvor podataka za bazu podataka za bibliografije.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4c Napiši broja zapisa koji želite da bude prikazan, i onda pritisnite Enter.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 46 To display all of the records in a table, click the Reset Filter icon.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Idi do slijedećeg zapisa u tabeli.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 6e Ispisuje dostupne tabele u trenutnoj bazi podataka. Pritisni ime na spisku da bi prikazao zapise za tu tabelu.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 76 Upiši dodatne informacije za odabrani zapis. Ako želite, možete upisati informacije u odgovarajuće polje u tabeli.
1c .uno%3ABibliographyComponent 4c Ubaci, obriši, edituj, i organizuj zapise u bazi podataka za bibliografije.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fbookmode 99 U knjiga modu prikazu izgleda možete vidjeti dvije stranice uporedo kao u otvorenoj knjizi. Prvo stranica je desna stranica sa neparnim brojem stranice.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fzoomsb 5e Upišite faktor povećanja na koji želite da se prikaže dokument. Upišite procenat u polje.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fautomatic 65 Automatski prikaz izgleda prikazuje stranice po stranice, koliko god to faktor povećanja dozvoljava.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumns 5a U prikazu izgleda kolona vidite stranice u datom broju kolona uporedo. Upiši broj kolona.
18 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_OPTIMAL 3c Reducira prikaz da bi odgovaralo širini teksta u dokumentu.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fvariable 5e Upišite faktor povećanja na koji želite da se prikaže dokument. Upišite procenat u polje.
1b SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_PAGE_WIDTH 6a Prikazuje čitavu širinu stranice dokumenta. Gornja i donja ivica stranice možda se neće moći vidjeti.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F100pc 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
14 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_100 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Ffitw 6a Prikazuje čitavu širinu stranice dokumenta. Gornja i donja ivica stranice možda se neće moći vidjeti.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Ffitwandh 3c Reducira prikaz da bi odgovaralo širini teksta u dokumentu.
1b SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_WHOLE_PAGE 3c Reducira prikaz da bi odgovaralo širini teksta u dokumentu.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fsinglepage 57 Prikaz izgleda jedne stranice prikazuje stranice jednu ispod druge, ali nikada uporedo.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumnssb 5a U prikazu izgleda kolona vidite stranice u datom broju kolona uporedo. Upiši broj kolona.
e .uno%3AView100 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Foptimal 3c Reducira prikaz da bi odgovaralo širini teksta u dokumentu.
b .uno%3AZoom 33 Smanjuje ili povećava prikaz ekrana  %PRODUCTNAME.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2FZoomDialog 33 Smanjuje ili povećava prikaz ekrana  %PRODUCTNAME.
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 23 Prikazuje or skriva Standardni Bar.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 41 Prikazuje ili skriva pokretač ulazne metode(IME) prozora stanja.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 24 Prikazuje ili skriva Odjel pomagala.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 39 Prikazuje ili skriva Odjel stanja na donjem rubu prozora.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 39 Prikazuje ili skriva Odjel stanja na donjem rubu prozora.
1a SFX2_HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX 81 U Writer i Calc, možete isto koristiti prečice  Ctrl+Shift+J da bi prebacili između standardnog i cijelog ekrana načina rada.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 7b Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button.
18 SVX_HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 16e Pritisni na boju koju želite da koristite. Da bi promijenili boju za popunjavanje objekta u trenutnoj datoteci , izaberi objekt i onda pritisni na boju. Da bi promijenili boju linije odabranom objekta, desnim-klikom pritisnite na boju. Da bi promijenili boju teksta u tekst objektu, dva-puta pritisnite  na objekt teksta, odaberite tekst, i onda pritisnite na boju.
13 .uno%3AColorControl a2 Prikazuje ili skriva traku sa bojama. Da bi izmijenili ili promijenili tabelu sa bojama koja je prikazana, izaberi Oblik - Područje, i onda pritisni na Boje tab.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility b9 Izaberite Pogled - Toolbars - Poništi da bi resetovali odjel za pomagala na njihovo zadano ponašanje. Sada neki odjeli za pomagala će biti prikazani automatski, zavisno od konteksta.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
15 .uno%3ADeleteAllNotes 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
11 .uno%3ADeleteNote 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 38 Ubacuje zapis utvrđen na trenutnu poziciju pokazivača.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fdelete 4b Clears the current selection of special characters that you want to insert.
1b CUI_HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 4a Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click OK.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fsubsetlb 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Ffontlb 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2FSpecialCharactersDialog 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
d .uno%3ABullet 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
1a SVT_HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
15 HID_IMPGRF_CB_PREVIEW 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
17 SVT_HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
1d SVX_HID_OFA_HYPERLINK_URL_TXT 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
1f SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 2c Inserts a picture into the current document.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 62 Inserts an object into your document. For movies and sounds, use Insert - Movie and Sound instead.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
32 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2FInsertOLEObjectDialog 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
13 .uno%3AInsertPlugin 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
2c cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2FInsertPluginDialog 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertSound 2f Inserts a sound file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertVideo 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
11 .uno%3AInsertMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame b8 Ovo je mjesto gdje ubacujete reference ili referencirana polja u trenutni dokument. Reference su referencirana polja unutar istog dokumenta ili unutar pod-dokumenata glavnog dokumenta.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 38 Select the source for a picture that you want to insert.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3ASetDefault 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
16 .uno%3AResetAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fwestlanglb-nocjk 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fwestlanglb-cjk 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlsizelb 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fwestsizelb-nocjk 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Feastsizelb 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fwestsizelb-cjk 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fweststylelb-nocjk 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Feaststylelb 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlfontnamelb 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctllanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlstylelb 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fwestfontnamelb-nocjk 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Feastlanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fweststylelb-cjk 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Feastfontnamelb 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fwestfontnamelb-cjk 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2FCharNamePage 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fpositionlb 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
2a cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Findividualwordscb 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinecolorlb 25 Select the color for the underlining.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinelb 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fshadowcb 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foutlinecb 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Frelieflb e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Feffectslb e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
10 .uno%3AFontColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
c .uno%3AColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Femphasislb 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fstrikeoutlb 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Ffontcolorlb 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinelb 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinecolorlb 24 Select the color for the overlining.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2FEffectsPage 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcommented 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformated 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fthousands 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fnegnumred 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fadd 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdecimalsed 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdelete 23 Deletes the selected number format.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fleadzerosed 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fsourceformat 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcategorylb 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Flanguagelb 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected fields.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatlb 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
25 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fedit 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcurrencylb 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2FNumberingFormatPage 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Funvisitedlb d9 Određivanje stila formatiranja upotrebe neposjećenih linkova sa liste. Da dodate ili promijenite stil sa ove liste,  zatvorite dijaloški prozor, i kliknite  Styles and Formatting ikonu na Oblikovanje alatnoj traci.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fvisitedlb d5 Određivanje stila formatiranja upotrebe posjećenih linkova sa liste. Da dodate ili promjenite stil sa ove liste,  zatvorite dijaloški prozor, i kliknite Styles and Formatting ikonu na Oblikovanje alatnoj traci.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftargetfrmlb 73 Unesite ime okvira u kojem želite da se vezana datoteka otvori, ili odaberite unaprijed definirani frame sa liste.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Feventpb 3c Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furlpb 3e Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fnameed 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furled 49 Unesite URL za datoteku koju želite otvoriti kada kliknete na hiperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 3b Dodjeljuje novi hiperlink ili ažurira određeni hiperlink.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftexted 3a Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2FCharURLPage 3b Dodjeljuje novi hiperlink ili ažurira određeni hiperlink.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerningsb 65 Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the character spacing for the selected text.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerninglb ab Određuje rastojanje između karaktera određenog teksta. Za prošireno i zgusnuto razdvajanje, unesite količinu za koju želite proširiti ili skratiti tekst u by polju.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fscalewidthsb 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fpairkerning 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffontsizesb 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fraiselowersb 82 Unesite količinu za koliko se određeni tekst povećava ili smanjuje u odnosu na baznu liniju. Sto posto je jednako visini fonta.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsubscript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
10 .uno%3ASubScript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnormal 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fautomatic 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsuperscript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2FPositionPage 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fendbracket 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fstartbracket 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Ftwolines 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2FTwoLinesPage 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckApplySpacing 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckHangPunct 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckForbidList 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FAsianTypography f2 Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
16 .uno%3AParagraphDialog 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTMETRIC 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcomboLB_LINEDIST 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING 94 Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_BOTTOMDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_TOPDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_AUTO 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_FLINEINDENT 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_RIGHTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LEFTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTPERCENT 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FParaIndentSpacing 3d Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DELALL 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_NEW 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
3c cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 63 Aligns the decimal point of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonST_RIGHTTAB_ASIAN 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonST_LEFTTAB_ASIAN 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FED_TABPOS fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
3a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FParagraphTabsPage 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fdistancemf 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadows 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fsync 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fbottommf 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Frightmf 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fleftmf 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinecolorlb 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
1d cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Ftopmf 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinestylelb 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadowcolorlb 1e Select a color for the shadow.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fpresets 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2FBorderPage 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
18 SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL 71 Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Farearb 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fwindowpos 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftilerb 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fshowpreview 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftablelb 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fparalb 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftransparencymf 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fpositionrb 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Flink 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbackgroundcolorset 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbrowse 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fselectlb 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2FBackgroundPage 24 Set the background color or graphic.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Ftextdirectionlb 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Ftextdirection 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcomboLB_TEXTDIRECTION 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcheckCB_EXPAND 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcomboLB_LASTLINE 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_CENTERALIGN 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FParaAlignPage 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Forigsize 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheight 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidth 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheightzoom 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fbottom 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Ftop 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fright 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fleft 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepsize 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidthzoom 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepscale 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2FCropPage 5c Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fdesc 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fcategory 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnextstyle 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnamero a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fautoupdate b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnamerw a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Flinkedwith 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2FManageStylePage 27 Set the options for the selected style.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckAdaptBox 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboLayoutFormat 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonHorz 33 Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckRegisterTrue 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboRegisterStyle dd Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargBot 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageLayout 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargRight e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargLeft e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargTop 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboTextFlowBox 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonVert 31 Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonLandscape 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPaperTray ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinHeight 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinWidth 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonPortrait 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageFormat 85 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Visina  and Širina  boxes.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FPageFormatPage 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonMore 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckAutofit 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinHeight 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargRight 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the header.
2f svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckDynSpacing 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinSpacing 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameLR 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonEdit 18 Add or edit header text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckFooterOn 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckHeaderOn 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 18 Add or edit footer text.
32 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ABTN_EXTRAS 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_HEIGHT_DYN 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
32 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_HEIGHT 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
33 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_DYNSPACING 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_LMARGIN 74 Unesite prostora koji želite ostaviti između lijeve ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i lijeve granice teksta.
35 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED_FIRST 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
30 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_DIST 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_RMARGIN 7c Unesite količinu prostora koji želite ostaviti između desne ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i desne granice teksta.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_TURNON 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
15 SVX_HID_FORMAT_FOOTER 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 40 Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 40 Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstyles 60 Opens the Styles and Formatting window where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fpositionlb 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight3ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstylelb 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight2ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft4ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight4ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft2ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fadjustlb 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight1ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft3ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft1ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
3e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FAsianPhoneticGuideDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
16 .uno%3AObjectAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
17 .uno%3AObjectAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
e .uno%3AAlignUp ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignMiddle a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2FSplitCellsDialog 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 25 Podešava sadržaj ćelije na lijevo.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
d .uno%3AItalic a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 60 Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 63 Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2Fstylename 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2FCreateStyleDialog 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
18 .uno%3AStyleNewByExample 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstringinput%2Fedit 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fobjectnamedialog%2FObjectNameDialog 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
1b SD_HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
1e SW_HID_FORMAT_NAME_OBJECT_NAME 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
10 .uno%3ANameGroup 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fdesc_entry e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fobject_title_entry 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2FObjectTitleDescDialog 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_CAP_STYLE 52 Select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as well.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_EDGE_STYLE 91 Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
2a cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_START_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_START 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
11 .uno%3AXLineStyle 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
11 .uno%3AXLineColor 1c Select a color for the line.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCB_SYMBOL_RATIO 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_END 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLineTabPage 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
10 .uno%3ALineWidth 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
2c cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_START_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_LINE_STYLE 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
21 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_COLOR 1c Select a color for the line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_END_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnamedialog%2FNameDialog c Unesi uslov.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 1d Enter the length of the dash.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_1 1d Enter the length of the dash.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_2 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_1 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_2 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_1 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_ADD 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_LINESTYLES 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1e Imports a list of line styles.
10 CUI_HID_LINE_DEF 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_ADD 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLB_LINEENDS 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FEDT_NAME 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLineEndPage 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR 57 Click the color that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FCB_HATCHBCKGRD 6d Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_X_SIZE 1d Enter a width for the bitmap.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_TILE 2d Tiles the bitmap to fill the selected object.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_SCALE fd Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the Width and Height boxes . Clear this checkbox to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the Width and Height boxes.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_Y_SIZE 1e Enter a height for the bitmap.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_X_OFFSET 32 Enter the horizontal offset for tiling the bitmap.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FAreaTabPage 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_STEPCOUNT 5d Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_BITMAP 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_COLOR 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_GRADIENT 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHING 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_Y_OFFSET 30 Enter the vertical offset for tiling the bitmap.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_AREA_TYPE 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FRBT_COLUMN 61 Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FRBT_ROW 63 Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_ORIGINAL 8d Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, clear this checkbox, and then click Relative.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FNUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT 4a Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_OFFSET 33 Enter the percentage to offset the rows or columns.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_STRETCH 5a Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, clear the Tile box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradientslb 3d Select the type of gradient that you want to apply or create.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fload 23 Load a different list of gradients.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortolb 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfrommtr 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fbordermtr 9c Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fsave 43 Saves the current list of gradients, so that you can load it later.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fadd 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfromlb 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fanglemtr 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterymtr c8 Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterxmtr cc Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradienttypelb 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fmodify 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortomtr 70 Enter the intensity for the color in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2FGradientPage 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fmodify 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fadd 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fload 2c Loads a different list of hatching patterns.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fhatchingslb 6c Lists the available hatching patterns. Click the hatching pattern that you want to apply, and then click OK.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fsave 4b Saves the current list of hatching patterns, so that you can load it later.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinecolorlb 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinetypelb 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglectl 4e Click a position in the grid to define the rotation angle for the hatch lines.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglemtr 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdistancemtr 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2FHatchPage 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 41 Saves the current list of bitmaps, so that you can load it later.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 22 Loads a different list of bitmaps.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_IMPORT 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_ADD 49 Adds a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor to the current list.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 97 Replaces a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor with the current bitmap pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_BITMAPS 5b Select a bitmap in the list, and then click OK to apply the pattern to the selected object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_BACKGROUND_COLOR 32 Select a background color for your bitmap pattern.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_COLOR 54 Select a foreground color, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBitmapTabPage 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
3f cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ALB_SHADOW_COLOR 20 Izaberite boju za sjenku teksta.
15 CUI_HID_TPSHADOW_CTRL 2c Kliknite gdje želite postaviti pivot tačku
38 cui%3ATriStateBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ATSB_SHOW_SHADOW 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
39 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
13 CUI_HID_AREA_SHADOW 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
35 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_BORDER 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
37 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FLB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRANSPARENT 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_LINEAR 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_OFF 1d Turns off color transparency.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_GRADIENT 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
34 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FTransparencyTabPage 50 Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FULL_WIDTH 4a Označava razdvojiteljom između vise tekstualnih znakova za isti objekat.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 2d Kliknite gdje želite smjestiti sidro teksta.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 7d Unesite količinu prostora koji želite ostaviti između donje ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i donje granica teksta..
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_TOP 7f Unesite  količinu prostora koji želite ostaviti između gornje ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i gornje granica teksta.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LEFT 74 Unesite prostora koji želite ostaviti između lijeve ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i lijeve granice teksta.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE 6d Prilagođava veličinu prilagođenog oblika da bi stao tekst koji ste unijeli nakon duplog klikanja na oblik.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_CONTOUR 53 Prilagođava tok teksta tako da se poklapa sa konturama označenog crtanog objekta.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 50 Mijenja veličinu teksta da stane u cijelo područje crtanja ili teksta objekta.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 4a Proširuje širinu objekta širini teksta, ako je objekat manji od teksta.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RIGHT 7c Unesite količinu prostora koji želite ostaviti između desne ivice crtanog ili tekstualnog objekta i desne granice teksta.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 49 Proširuje visinu objekta širini teksta, ako je objekat manji od teksta.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTextAttributesPage 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT 64 Zamotava tekst koji ste dodali poslije duplog klikanja na prilagođeni oblik da stane unutar oblika.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 43 mijenja veličinu, pomiče, rotira, ili nakošava označeni objekt.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_SIZERECT 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_SIZEPROTECT 29 Spriječava mijenjanje veličine objekta.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCBX_SCALE 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 24 Unesite visinu za označeni objekat.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_POSPROTECT 3f Čuva od promjena u veličini ili poziciji označenih objekata.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_WIDTH 25 Unesite širinu za označeni objekat.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_POSRECT f0 Kliknite na baznu tačku u koordinatama, a zatim unesite iznos za koji želite pomjeriti objekat u odnosu na baznu tačku označenu u Position Y i Position X polju. PREVEDI:The bas pointer korespondent to the selection handles on an object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FPositionAndSize 30 Mijenja veličinu ili pomiče označene objekte.
26 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_ANGLE 40 Kliknite da označite rotacioni ugao u umnošcima od 45 stepeni.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FNF_ANGLE 3f Unijeti broj stepeni za koji želite rotirat označeni objekat.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_RECT 2c Kliknite gdje želite postaviti pivot tačku
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 44 Unesi vertikalno rastojanje od lijeve ivice stranice do pivot tačke
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 46 Unesi horizontalno rastojanje od lijeve ivice stranice do pivot tačke
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FRotation 18 Rotira označeni objekt.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_ANGLE 1c Unesi ugao kosine prema osi.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RADIUS 40 Unesite prečnik kruga koji želite koristiti za rotiranje ugla.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FSlantAndCornerRadius 43 Kosina označenog objekta, ili okretanja ugla pravougaonog objekta.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Foptimal 46 Kliknite ovdje za prikazivanje linije jednog ugla u optimalnom pravcu.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Flength 66 Unesite segment dužine linije poziva koji produžujete od pozivnog prozora da uticajne tačke linije.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fextension 4e Označite odakle želite produžiti pozivnu liniju u odnosu na pozivni prozor.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fby 4e Označite odakle želite produžiti pozivnu liniju u odnosu na pozivni prozor.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fposition 4e Označite odakle želite produžiti pozivnu liniju u odnosu na pozivni prozor.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fspacing 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fvalueset 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2FCalloutPage 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 37 Okreće označeni objekat horizontalno ili vertikalno..
1b .uno%3AObjectMirrorVertical 3b Okreće označene objekte horizontalno, preko vrha ili dna.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Okreće označene objekte horizontalno, preko vrha ili dna.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 2d Okreće označene objekte od lijevo ka desno.
11 .uno%3AMirrorHorz 2d Okreće označene objekte od lijevo ka desno.
17 .uno%3AArrangeFrameMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
12 .uno%3AArrangeMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 60 Pomjera označene objekte prema vrhu u stack redu, tako da je taj objekat ispred drugog objekta.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 50 Pomjera označeni objekat za jedan nivo gore, tako da je bliže vrhu stack reda.
e .uno%3AForward 50 Pomjera označeni objekat za jedan nivo gore, tako da je bliže vrhu stack reda.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 4b Pomjera označeni objekat jedan nivo dole, tako da je niže dnu stack reda.
f .uno%3ABackward 4b Pomjera označeni objekat jedan nivo dole, tako da je niže dnu stack reda.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 4f Pomjera označeni objekat prema dnu stack reda, tako da je iza drugih objekata.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 28 Pomjera označeni objekat ispred teksta.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 25 Pomjera označeni objekat iza teksta.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
36 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3ACLB_SHADOW_COLOR 20 Izaberite boju za sjenku teksta.
3a svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3AMTR_FLD_SHADOW_Y 3d Unesite vertikalno rastojanje između teksta i sjenke teksta.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_SHADOW_SLANT 87 Dodaje iskošenu sjenu tekstu u označenom objektu. Kliknite ovo dugme, a zatim unesite dimenzije sjene uDistance X i Distance Y polja.
22 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_SHADOW_NORMAL 88 Dodaje iskošenu sjenu tekstu u označenom objektu. Kliknite ovo dugme, a zatim unesite dimenzije sjene u Distance X i Distance Y polja.
1f SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_SHADOW_OFF 32 Briše efekte sjene koje ste primijenili na tekst.
1c SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_OUTLINE 39 Pokazuje ili skriva granice individualnih slova u tekstu.
1e SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_OFF 22 Uklanja formatiranje bazne linije.
3b svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3AMTR_FLD_TEXTSTART 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_ROTATE 4a Koristi gornju ili donju ivicu označenog objekta kao baznu liniju teksta.
24 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_AUTOSIZE 36 Mijenja veličinu teksta prema veličini bazne linije.
20 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_LEFT 35 Poravnava tekst na lijevu stranu bazne linije teksta.
22 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_CENTER 26 Centrira tekst na baznu liniju teksta.
3a svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 58 Unesite prostor koji želite ostaviti između bazne linije teksta i baznih slova teksta.
22 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_UPRIGHT 7d Koristi gornju ili donji ivicu objekta kao baznu liniju teksta i čuva originalni vertikalni poredak individualnih karaktera.
22 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_MIRROR a5 Obrće smjer kretanja teksta, i okreće tekst horizontalno ili vertikalno. Za korištenje ove komande, morate prvenstveno primijeniti različite bazne linije teksta.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_SLANTY 2b Vertikalno kosi karaktere teksta u objektu.
3a svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK%3AMTR_FLD_SHADOW_X 3f Unesite horizontalno rastojanje između teksta i sjenke teksta.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_STYLE_SLANTX 2d Horizontalno kosi karaktere teksta u objektu.
21 SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_RIGHT 34 Ravna tekst prema desnoj strani bazne linije teksta.
1a SVX_HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS 3d Kliknite oblik bazne linije koji želite koristiti za  tekst.
1d SVX_HID_FONTWORK_TBI_SHOWFORM 47 Pokazuje ili skriva bazne linije teksta, ili rubove označenog objekta.
f .uno%3AFontWork 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 67 Grupe čuvaju zajedno označene objekte tako da oni mogu biti uređivani i pomjereni kao jedan objekat.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4d Grupiše individualne objekte tako da mogu biti pomjereni kao jedan objekat..
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 31 Razdvaja označenu grupu na individualne objekte.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a6 Otvara označenu grupu, tako da možete uređivati individualne objekte. Ako označena grupa sadrži ugniježdene objekte, možete ponavljati ovu komandu na podgrupe.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 56 napušta grupu, tako da više ne možete uređivati individualne objekte unutar grupe.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DELAY 44 Unesite količinu vremena da čekate prije nego što ponovite efekt.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 3b Unesite broj povećavanja po kojima će te pomjerati tekst.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_PIXEL 1d Povećava se u pikselu mjera.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FNUM_FLD_COUNT 33 Unesite koliko puta želite da se animacija ponovi.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_ENDLESS 27 Pušta animaciju u beskonačnoj petlji.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_STOP_INSIDE 30 Text ostaje vidljiv nakon što se efekt postavi.
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_START_INSIDE 3a Tekst je vidljiv unutra crteža kada je efekat primijenjen
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_UP 21 Pomjera tekst od dole prema gore.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_RIGHT 20 Pomjera tekst s lijeva na desno.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_DOWN 21 Pomjera tekst od gore prema dole.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_LEFT 21 Pomiče tekst sa lijeva na desno.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_AUTO 9b $[officename] određuje koliko čekati da se ponovi efekt. Da ručno dodijelite vrijednost, izbrišite ovo polje, i unesite vrijednost u  Automatski polje.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FLB_EFFECT 86 Označite efekt animacije koji želite primijeniti na tekst u označenom objektu. Za uklanjanje efekta animacije, označite No Effect.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTextAnimation 3f Dodaje efekat animacije tekstu u označenom  nacrtanom objektu.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fautomatic 39 Automatski postavi visinu reda ovisno od trenutnog fonta.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fdefault 39 Automatski postavi visinu reda ovisno od trenutnog fonta.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frowheight%2Fvalue 2e Unesite visinu reda koju želite da koristite.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fvalue 2e Unesite visinu reda koju želite da koristite.
1e DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ROWHEIGHT 37 Izmjenjuje visinu trenutnog reda, ili izabranih redova.
10 .uno%3ARowHeight 37 Izmjenjuje visinu trenutnog reda, ili izabranih redova.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2FRowHeightDialog 37 Izmjenjuje visinu trenutnog reda, ili izabranih redova.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fautomatic 32 Automatski postavi širinu kolone ovisno od fonta.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 32 Automatski postavi širinu kolone ovisno od fonta.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 28 Unesite vrijednost širine koju želite.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 28 Unesite vrijednost širine koju želite.
20 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_COLUMNWIDTH 30 Postavlja širinu trenutne ili trenutnih kolona.
12 .uno%3AColumnWidth 30 Postavlja širinu trenutne ili trenutnih kolona.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2FColWidthDialog 30 Postavlja širinu trenutne ili trenutnih kolona.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckShrinkFitCellSize 93 Smanji očiti prikaz fonta da ukupan tekst stane unutar ćelije po trenutnoj širini. Ne možete ovo aplicirati svakoj ćeliji koja sadrži prelom.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckWrapTextAuto 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckAsianMode 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckHyphActive 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Freferences 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinDegrees a2 Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckVertStack 1d Vertikalno nastranjuje tekst.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Fdialcontrol 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxVertAlign 51 Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinIndentFrom 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxHorzAlign 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FCellAlignPage 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 25 Ubacuje novi zapis u trenutnu tabelu.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 1a Idi na prvi unos u tabeli.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 1a Idi na prvi unos u tabeli.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 1f Idi na prethodni unos u tabeli.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 1a Idi na prvi unos u tabeli.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4c Napiši broja zapisa koji želite da bude prikazan, i onda pritisnite Enter.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
20 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 1e Formatira trenutni red/redove.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 1a Formatira izabrane kolone.
f .uno%3AWindow3D 2a Osobine 3D objekata u trenutnom dokumentu.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_DOUBLE_SIDED 5d Zatvara oblik 3D objekta koji je napravljen izduživanjem slobodne linije (Pretvori - To 3D).
3c svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TWO_SIDED_LIGHTING 89 Osvjetljava objekat izvana i iznutra. Da bi ste koristili ambijentalni izvor svjetlosti, kliknite ovo dugme, onda Izvrnute normale dugme.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_NORMALS_SPHERE 1d Iscrtava glatku 3D površinu.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_NORMALS_FLAT 23 Iscrtava 3D površinu kao poligone.
35 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_NORMALS_OBJ 6b Iscrtava 3D površinu prema obliku objekta. Npr., cirkularni oblici se iscrtavaju sa sferičnom površinom.
33 svx%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ANUM_VERTICAL 57 Unesi broj vertikalnih segmenta koji će se koristiti u izabranom 3D rotacionom objektu
2f svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_DEPTH 60 Unesi ekstruzijsku dubinu izabranog 3D objekta. Ova opcija nije validna za 3D rotacione objekte.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_BACKSCALE 6c Unesite vrijednost po kojoj će se povećati ili smanjiti površina na prednjoj strani izabranog 3D objekta.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_NORMALS_INVERT 1a Izvrće izvore svjetlosti.
33 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_END_ANGLE 4b Unesi ugao rotacije u stepenima da se rotira izabrani 3D rotacioni objekat.
3a svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_PERCENT_DIAGONAL 39 Unesite koliko da se zarube rubovi izabranih 3D objekata.
35 svx%3ANumericField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ANUM_HORIZONTAL 5c Unesite broj horizontalnih segmenta koji će se koristiti u izabranom 3D rotacionom objektu.
2d svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_GEO 25 Postavlja oblik izabranog 3D objekta.
36 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_FOCAL_LENGTH 6f Unesite fokusnu dužinu kamere, gdje mala vrijednost korespondira "fisheye" sočivu, a veća telephoto sočivu.
32 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_DISTANCE 48 Unesi udaljenost da se ostavi između kamere i centra izabranog objekta.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_SHADOW_3D 30 Dodaje ili briše sjenu sa izabranog 3D objekta.
2e svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_SHADEMODE 136 Izaberite metodu sjenčenja koju želite koristiti. Ravno sjenčenje dodjeluje jednu boju jednom poligonu na površini objekta. Gouraud sjenčenje mješa boje preko poligona. Phong sjenčenje nalazi prosječnu boju svakog piksela bazirano na pikselima koji ga okružuju i zahtijeva najviše snage procesiranja.
2f svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_SLANT 2f Unesi ugao od 0 do 90 stepeni za bacanje sjena.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_REPRESENTATION 3b Postavlja sjenčenje i opcije sjena za izabrani 3D objekat.
31 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_AMBIENTLIGHT 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
35 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_COLOR 27 Izaberite boju za ambijentalno svjetlo.
2c svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_LIGHT_1 2d Izaberite boju za trenutni svjetlostni izvor.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_8 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_5 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_3 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_4 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_2 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_7 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_6 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT_1 c4 Pritisnite dva puta da upalite svjetlosni izvor, a potom izaberite boju svjetla sa liste. Ako želite, možete koristiti boju okružujućeg svjetla, birajući broju iz Ambijentalno svjetlo kutije.
2f svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_LIGHT 31 Deiniše svjetlosni izvor za izabrani 3D objekat.
34 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_FILTER 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_CIRCLE_Y 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_PARALLEL_Y 2f Postavlja teksturu paralelno horizontalnoj osi.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_OBJECT_Y 43 Automatski namješta teksturu na osnovu oblika i veličine objekta.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_CIRCLE_X 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_PARALLEL_X 2f Postavlja teksturu paralelno horizontalnoj osi.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_MODULATE 7a Primjenjuje teksturu bez sjenčenja. Da definišete opcije sjene za teksturu, pritisnite Sjenčenja dugme u ovom dijalogu.
36 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_OBJECT_X 43 Automatski namješta teksturu na osnovu oblika i veličine objekta.
35 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_REPLACE 21 Primjeni teksturu bez sjenčenja.
37 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_LUMINANCE 20 Pretvara teksturu u crno bijelu.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEX_COLOR 19 Pretvara teksturu u boju.
31 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_TEXTURE 12e Postavlja osobine površinske teksture izabranog 3D objekta. Ova osobina je omogućena samo nakon što postavite površinske teksture za izabrani objekat. Da brzo primijenite površinsku teksturu, otvorite Galerija, držite Shift+Ctrl (Mac: Shift+Command) i potom povucite sliku na izabrani 3D objekat.
40 svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3AMTR_MAT_SPECULAR_INTENSITY 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_SPECULAR_COLOR 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
38 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_EMISSION_COLOR 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
31 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_MAT_EMISSION 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_MAT_COLOR 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
2e svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_MAT_COLOR 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
32 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_MAT_FAVORITES 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
31 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ALB_MAT_SPECULAR 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
32 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXFLOAT_3D%3ABTN_MATERIAL 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverbottom 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverdistance 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvercenter 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvernone 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorright 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhordistance 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorcenter 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorleft 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvertop 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhornone 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2FDistributionPage 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignorerule 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignoreall 7e Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignore 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchange 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Faddmb 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Foptions 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Flanguagelb 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsentence 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fundo 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchangeall 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fcheckgrammar 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsuggestionslb 82 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2FSpellingDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fautocorrect 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
1f .uno%3ASpellingAndGrammarDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
3c svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2FChineseConversionDialog 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2FChineseDictionaryDialog 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Flangcb 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fleft 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fwordcb b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Freplaceed af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
16 .uno%3AThesaurusDialog 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Falternatives c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2FThesaurusDialog 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
2d svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_TRANS 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
2f svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_TRANS 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
29 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_2 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
2d svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ASP_3 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
29 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_1 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
2d svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ASP_4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
29 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_4 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
2d svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ASP_1 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 af Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.
2d svx%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ASP_2 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_4 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_3 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 5f Otvara Formu Prostor-za-ime prozor gdje možete dodati, editovati ili izbrisati Prostor-za-ime.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_1 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ACBX_2 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
29 svx%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ALB_3 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
1b SVX_HID_BMPMASK_TBI_PIPETTE 8d Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.
30 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK%3ABTN_EXEC 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
1b SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_PIPETTE a5 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2Fedit 29 Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2FApplyAutoFmtPage 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
33 cui%2Fui%2Facoroptionspage%2FAutocorrectOptionsPage 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Freplace 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
20 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnew 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftextonly 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnewtext f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Forigtext 26d Enter the word or abbreviation that you want to replace while you type. Wildcard character sequence .* in the end of word results the replacement of the word before arbitrary suffixes, too. Wildcard character sequence .* before the word results the replacement after arbitrary prefixes, too. For example, the pattern "i18n.*" with the replacement text "internationalization" will find and replace "i18ns" with "internationalizations", or the pattern ".*..." with the replacement text "…" will find and replace three dots in "word..." with the typographically correct precomposed Unicode horizontal ellipsis ("word…").
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftabview 12f Lists the entries for automatically replacing words or abbreviations while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
2c cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2FAcorReplacePage 6e Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautodouble 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautoabbrev 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewdouble 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdoublelist b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewabbrev 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdouble ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrev d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrevlist 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Flang 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
2a cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2FAcorExceptPage 6d Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultsingle 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fenddouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fendsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartdouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoubledouble 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoublereplace 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fsinglereplace 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fchecklist 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
24 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Flist 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
32 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2FApplyLocalizedPage 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
1a SW_HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
1a SW_HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
27 EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_AUTOCORRECT 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
18 SW_HID_LINGU_IGNORE_WORD 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
15 SW_HID_LINGU_ADD_WORD 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
23 EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_ADDWORD 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
22 EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_IGNORE 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
19 SW_HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
21 EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_START 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
15 SW_HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
14 SW_HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fmaxentries 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fminwordlen 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fwhenclosing f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fcollectwords 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fshowastip 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fappendspace 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fentries ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Facceptwith 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fenablewordcomplete 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fdelete 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2FWordCompletionPage 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fproperties 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fmain 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2FSmartTagOptionsPage 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
20 .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDialog 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
14 .uno%3AOutlineBullet 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2Fvalueset 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2FPickBulletPage 38 Displays the different bullet styles that you can apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2Fvalueset 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2FPickNumberingPage 3b Displays the different numbering styles that you can apply.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2Fvalueset 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2FPickOutlinePage 8e Displays the different styles that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Flinkgraphics 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Fvalueset 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2FPickGraphicPage 4f Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in a bulleted list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Forientlb 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fkeepratio 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fheightmf 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fwidthmf 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbullet 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsublevels 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fcolor 2f Select a color for the current numbering style.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fcharstyle 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsuffix a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbitmap 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fprefix 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fstartat 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fnumfmtlb 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Flevellb 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Frelsize 7b Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2FNumberingOptionsPage 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fstandard 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fstandard 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumdistmf 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Findentatmf 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2FNumberingPositionPage 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Findentmf f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumdistmf 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Falignedatmf 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentmf f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Frelative 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnum2alignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentatmf 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fatmf 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Frelative 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2FOutlinePositionPage 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumberingwidthmf 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumfollowedbylb 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_DEL 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
39 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_RENAME 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
37 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_EDIT 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fassign 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
39 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_CREATE 15 Creates a new script.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fimport 64 Lociraj$[officename] Osnovnu datoteku koji zelite dodati trenutnoj listi, i onda kliknite na Otvori.
36 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER%3ASF_PB_RUN 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fpassword 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flocation 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fnewdialog 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fnewmodule 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 79 OtvaraMakro Organizator dialog, sa kojim mozete dodati editovati ili obrisati postojece makro module, dialoge i datoteke.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewmodule 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Flibraries a1 Otvara datoteke i module u kojima mozete otvoriti ili spasiti svoje makroe. Da spasite makro u zeljenom dokumentu, otvorite dokument i onda otvorite ovaj dialog.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Flibrary 25 Izlistava postojece dialoge i makroe.
28 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fedit 54 Otvara$[officename] Osnovni editor tako da mozete modifikovati selektovanu datoteku.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Frun 20 Runs or saves the current macro.
37 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewlibrary 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fdelete 33 Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 2b Enter a name for the new library or module.
27 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fnew 15 Kreira novu datoteku.
3d modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2FBasicMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
3a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacronameedit 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
31 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flibrary 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fedit 32 Otvara selektovani makro ili dialog za editovanje.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 25 Izlistava postojece dialoge i makroe.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacros 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
12 CUI_HID_SCRIPTSBOX 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fedit 32 Otvara selektovani makro ili dialog za editovanje.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 3f Otvara novi prozor sa tekstom gdje možete dodati novi primjer.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FconfirmpassEntry 32 Reenter the new password for the selected library.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FnewpassEntry 28 Unesi novu lozinku za odabranu datoteku.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FoldpassEntry 2c Unesi trenutnu lozinku za odabranu datoteku.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FPasswordDialog 24 Stiti odabranu datoteku sa lozinkom.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 3f Otvara novi prozor sa tekstom gdje možete dodati novi primjer.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 3f Otvara novi prozor sa tekstom gdje možete dodati novi primjer.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Freplace 34 Trenutna datoteka ce zamijeniti onu sa istim imenom.
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Fref 68 Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME.
3b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2FImportLibDialog 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
16 .uno%3AConfigureDialog 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fsavein 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmodify 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcategories 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fadd 7d Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcommands 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fup 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmenuedit 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevelbutton 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevellist 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
2f cui%3AEdit%3AMD_MENU_ORGANISER%3AEDIT_MENU_NAME 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2FMoveMenuDialog 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fload 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
22 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Freset 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fsave 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fchange 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Ffunction dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
26 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fshortcuts be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fmodule 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Foffice 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fcategory 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
2c cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2FAccelConfigPage 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
13 CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
1c CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM 79 Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog.
1d CUI_HID_SVX_DOWN_TOOLBAR_ITEM 29 Moves the selected item down in the list.
1b CUI_HID_SVX_UP_TOOLBAR_ITEM 27 Moves the selected item up in the list.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
1f CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
17 CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR 6c Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
2f cui%3APushButton%3AMD_ICONSELECTOR%3ABTN_DELETE 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
2f cui%3APushButton%3AMD_ICONSELECTOR%3ABTN_IMPORT 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fdelete 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fdelete 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fassignments b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fevents b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fmacro 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fassign 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fsavein 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2FMacroAssignPage 2e Definira scenarij za odabrano podrucje tabele.
12 .uno%3ATableEvents 2e Definira scenarij za odabrano podrucje tabele.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fopen 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
28 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fdelete 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ftest 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fedit 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fsave 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxsltfilterdialog%2FXSLTFilterDialog 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fnew 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ffilterlist 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2FXMLFilterSettingsDialog 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fhelp 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fdescription 1b Enter a comment (optional).
35 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Finterfacename 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fextension 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Ffiltername 5a Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialog.
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fapplication 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
3f filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2FXmlFilterTabPageGeneral 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltimport 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Ftempimport 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltexport 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowsetemp 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
3b filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowseimport 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
3b filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowseexport 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fdoc 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
4d filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2FXmlFilterTabPageTransformation 31 Enter or edit file information for an XML filter.
28 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
28 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_XSLT_FILE 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
30 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE 59 Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing.
2f FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_TEMPLATE_FILE 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
29 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT d9 The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
2d FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT_FILE 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
28 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE a0 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation.
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
23 FILTER_HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 37 Validates the contents of the XML Filter output window.
23 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
29 FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_VALIDATE_OUPUT 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
20 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_OPTIONS 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
18 CUI_HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD 1f Displays the current selection.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
1e CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
39 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ACB_HANJA_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
3a cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ACB_HANGUL_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_LIST 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
48 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
43 cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ACB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
1f CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
43 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
48 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3ARB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_GRID 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
1d CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
35 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA%3APB_FIND 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
1f CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
1e CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fautoreplaceunique 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fshowrecentfirst 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fignorepost 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdelete 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2Fentry 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fnew 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fedit 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdicts ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3AED_4 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3AED_3 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
3d cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3APB_HHE_NEW 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3AED_2 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
40 cui%3APushButton%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3APB_HHE_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3AED_1 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
3c cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3ALB_ORIGINAL 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
37 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_EDIT%3ALB_BOOK 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_DEL 2a Removes the selected source from the list.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_STD 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
3e xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_DIGSIG%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
29 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_SIGNATURESDLG 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
31 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3ABTN_SIGNATURE 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
25 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FINSTALL 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FDESCRIPTIONS 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
28 DESKTOP_HID_DEPLOYMENT_GUI_UPDATEINSTALL ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUpdateDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 80 Inserts an invisible hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 51 Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks. Enable CTL for more commands.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
16 SVX_HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
19 SVX_HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
e .uno%3AGallery 59 Opens the Gallery, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fpreview 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Faddall 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fadd 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffindfiles 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiles 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiletype 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2FGalleryFilesPage 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 2d Specifies the display options for snap lines.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or sound file into your document.
36 desktop%3ACheckBox%3ATP_UPDATE_CHECK%3ACB_UPDATE_CHECK 34 You can check for updates manually or automatically.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchangepath 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautodownload 90 Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box to disable or enable this feature.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 1c Continues a paused download.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 1f Installs the downloaded update.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_OPTIONS 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 20 Enable or disable the extension.
2c DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_REMOVE 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
2c desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fextensions 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
39 service%3Acom.sun.star.deployment.ui.PackageManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
34 desktop%2Fui%2Fshowlicensedialog%2FShowLicenseDialog 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2FExtensionManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
11 SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm1ed 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm2ed 16 Re-enter the password.
27 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
22 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FnewpassEntry 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
26 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FconfirmpassEntry 16 Re-enter the password.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fpass2ed 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fexpander 1c Unesi glavnu lozinku ponovo.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fpass1ed 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
13 SC_HID_PASSWD_TABLE 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FPasswordDialog 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablea11y 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeform 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeinsdel 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangenone 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprinthigh 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintnone 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopeninternet 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopenpdf c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpage 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexporturl 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexport 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpageonly 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Feffects 4d Selects to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fdisplay 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fcenter 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fresize 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fconvert d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2FPdfUserInterfacePage 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
34 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblebookmark 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fdefaultlayout 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintlow 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwidth 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fquality 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fjpegcompress ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwin 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblelevel 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fallbookmarks 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fopen 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitdefault b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontlayout 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fthumbs 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2FPdfViewPage 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Flosslesscompress 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpdfa ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Foutline 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Ftoolbar 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablecopy 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Femptypages 190 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are being exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2FPdfGeneralPage 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffirstonleft 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Frange 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fforms 60 Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2FPdfLinksPage 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Freduceresolution 51 Selects to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcomments 45 Selects to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Ftagged 47 Selects to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fallowdups 98 Allows to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontfacinglayout 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangecomment 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fsetpassword 4d Kliknite da prikažete dijaloški prozor u kojem možete izabrati drugu mapu.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2FPdfSecurityPage 4d Kliknite da prikažete dijaloški prozor u kojem možete izabrati drugu mapu.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fembed 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitvis 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fbookmarks f0 Selects to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fresolution 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fdefault 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fwindow 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fselection 1e Exports the current selection.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fformat 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fsinglelayout 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpages 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeany 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fall 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fmenubar 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
12 .uno%3AExportToPDF 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
1b UUI_HID_XMLSECDLG_MACROWARN 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fviewcert 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
43 xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_CERTCHOOSER%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
2c XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_CHOOSESIGNATURES 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 5b Otvara ovi dijalog za izmjenu odabranog objekta (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje).
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 7b Otvara novi dijalog za dodavanje novog objekta (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje) kao podobjekat trenutnog objekta.
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_INSTANCES_MENUBTN 44 Ovo dugme ima podmenije za dodavanje, izmjenu ili brisanje primjera.
22 SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_INSTANCES_REMOVE 43 Briše trenutne primjere. Ne možete izbrisati posljednje primjere.
20 SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_INSTANCES_EDIT 48 Otvara novi prozor sa tekstom gdje možete promijeniti trenutni primjer.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 43 Briše odabrani objekat (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje).
1f SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_INSTANCES_ADD 3f Otvara novi prozor sa tekstom gdje možete dodati novi primjer.
1a SVX_HID_XFORMS_TAB_CONTROL 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 7b Otvara novi dijalog za dodavanje novog objekta (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje) kao podobjekat trenutnog objekta.
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 7b Otvara novi dijalog za dodavanje novog objekta (elemenat, atribut, podnesak ili spajanje) kao podobjekat trenutnog objekta.
19 SVX_HID_XFORMS_ITEMS_LIST 37 Izbacuje informacije koje pripadaju trenutnom primjeru.
1d SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_MODELS_EDIT 20 Preimenuje odabrani Xform model.
20 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fname 16 Briše trenutni zapis.
1c SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_MODELS_ADD 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
1d SVX_HID_XFORMS_MODELS_MENUBTN 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
22 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fmodify d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
1e SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_SHOW_DETAILS 29 Uključuje prikaz ili sakrivanje detalja.
1a SVX_HID_XFORMS_MODELS_LIST 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
16 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
1f SVX_HID_MN_XFORMS_MODELS_REMOVE 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculate 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonlycond 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevant 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
30 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2FAddDataItemDialog 46 Dodaje novi objekat ili mijenja odabrani u Xforms Navigatoru podataka.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevantcond 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequiredcond 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonly 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequired 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fdatatype 27 Unesi vrstu podataka odabranog objekta.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fvalue 33 Unesi podrazumijevanu vrijednost odabranog objekta.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraintcond 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
23 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fname 12 Unesi ime objekta.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraint 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
24 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fedit 5f Otvara Formu Prostor-za-ime prozor gdje možete dodati, editovati ili izbrisati Prostor-za-ime.
29 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fcondition c Unesi uslov.
32 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2FAddConditionDialog 6c Dodaje uslov u ovaj podprozor za dijalog od dodanog objekta / Edituje dijalog objekta u Navigatoru podataka.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fdelete 1f Briše odabrani Prostor-za-ime.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fedit 20 Edituje odabrani Prostor-za-ime.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fadd 21 Dodaje novi Prostor-za-ime listi.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fnamespaces 33 Izbacuje trenutno definisan Prostor-za-ime u formi.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 2c Prikazuje maksimalan broj znakova za string.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 21 Prikazuje broj karaktera za znak.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5c Prikazuje maksimum ukupan broj brojeva za vrijednost decimalnog tipa podataka koji postoji .
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE b8 Kliknite dugme da otvorite dijalog gdje možete unijeti ime novih korisnički-odabaranih podataka. Novi tipovi podataka nasljeđuju sve strane forme trenutno odabranih tipova podataka.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 3b Odaberi vrstu podataka za koju kontrola treba biti urađena
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION 61 Ukucaj DOM node za spajanje kontrolnog modela. Klikni …dugme za dijalog da unesete XPath izraz.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES f3 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The semantics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 5c Prikazuje maksimum ukupan broj brojeva za vrijednost decimalnog tipa podataka koji postoji .
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 23 Deklariše da je objekat izračunat
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 6b Odaberite tip podataka korisnički-odabran i kliknite dugme da izbrišete korisnički-odabran tip podataka.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME ba Odaberi ili unesi ime za spajanje. Odabirući ime već postojećeg spajanja povezuje spajanje sa kontrolom forme. Unoseći novo ime kreira novo spajanje i povezuje ga sa kontrolom forme.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 31 Bira model sa liste modela u trenutnom dokumentu.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 68 Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 14a Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. You can also move the cursor to where you want to add the text, drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
f .uno%3ADrawText e1 Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.
a .uno%3APie 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
a .uno%3AArc 145 Draws an arc in the current document. To draw an arc, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw an arc that is based on a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee d7 Umeće animirani tekst sa horizontalnim smjer teksta u trenutnom dokumentu. Povucite tekstualni okvir, a zatim ukucajte ili zalijepite tekst. Za dodjelu animacijskog efekta, odabrati Oblik - Tekst - Tekst Animation.
b .uno%3ARect c3 Draws a rectangle where you drag in the current document. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want.
e .uno%3AEllipse ad Draws an oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
b .uno%3ALine 82 Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 74 Click to open or close the Drawing bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 1e Opens the Form Design toolbar.
e .uno%3AListBox 13 Creates a list box.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 19 Creates an option button.
12 .uno%3ARadiobutton 19 Creates an option button.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 1c kreira dugme za pritiskanje.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Creates a combo box.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1a Creates a formatted field.
f .uno%3ACombobox 14 Creates a combo box.
b .uno%3AEdit 13 Creates a text box.
c .uno%3ALabel 24 Creates a field for displaying text.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 14 Creates a check box.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 20 Opens the More Controls toolbar.
f .uno%3ACheckbox 14 Creates a check box.
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 3a The selected control is transformed into an image control.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 39 The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 3b The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 36 The selected control is transformed into a time field.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 36 The selected control is transformed into a date field.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 3a The selected control is transformed into a file selection.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 3b The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 3a The selected control is transformed into an option button.
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 35 The selected control is transformed into a check box.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 34 The selected control is transformed into a list box.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 39 The selected control is transformed into an image button.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 31 The selected control is transformed into a label.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 3a The selected control is transformed into a currency field.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 32 The selected control is transformed into a button.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 34 The selected control is transformed into a text box.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshowcoldialog%2FShowColDialog 8d In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl (Mac: Command) key to select multiple entries.
13 SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS 3f Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.
12 SVX_HID_FM_HIDECOL 1a Hides the selected column.
14 SVX_HID_FM_DELETECOL 26 Deletes the currently selected column.
16 SVX_HID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 2a Click All if you want to show all columns.
18 SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 1e Calls the Show Columns dialog.
14 SVX_HID_FM_CHANGECOL 5f Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.
14 SVX_HID_FM_INSERTCOL 48 Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_FM_PROPDLG_TABCTR 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_POSITION 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE bb Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ICONSIZE 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 5a Specifies the format code for the control. Click the ... button to select the format code.
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TAG 4d Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPINVALUE_MAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 76 Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEMAX 54 Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR b5 If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII-code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 3f You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 3e You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Displays text on more than one line.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 65 Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT 34 Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAME 9f On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_RECORDACTIONS 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 5e For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 122 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 16 Sets the default date.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 16 Sets the default time.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 31 Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TABSTOP 54 The Tabstop property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 31 Specify the minimum value of a scrollbar control.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TABINDEX 75 The Tab order property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDER 62 Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 59 Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 37 You can define the desired format for the time display.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 50 Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEMIN 33 Determines the earliest date that a user can enter.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 32 Specifies the row height of a table control field.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 1e Inserts a thousands separator.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5e If you set this option to "Yes", the Push Button receives the focus when you click the button.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTILINE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_NAVIGATION 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EDITMASK 75 Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 51 The Action property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 21 Determines spin button intervals.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 58 Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPINVALUE_MIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_SCROLLBARS 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FONT 3a Select the font for the text that is in the control field.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 31 Specify the maximum value of a scrollbar control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 50 Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPIN 6e The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 5b If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 53 Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2f Sets the background color of the control field.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 29 Sets the default value for the scrollbar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 6f The Graphics property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXTTYPE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 5e Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULTVALUE 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 73 Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALIGN 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 3a Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.
29 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDEINACTIVESELECTION 6c Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 32 Determines the minimum time that a user can enter.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 105 Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_FILTERSORT 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 6b Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 3d Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HELPURL 83 Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 4c Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 42 Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 21 Defines the width of the control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 59 Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an "Open document / web page" button.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 22 Defines the height of the control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDERCOLOR 54 Specifies the border color for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_READONLY 49 Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 41 Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLED 69 If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 5a Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the arrow icon on the scrollbar.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 41 Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REPEAT 7d Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 73 The Default button property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISUALEFFECT 65 Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SPINVALUE 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LABEL 55 The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TRISTATE 77 Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 54 Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 2d Assigns the AutoFill function to a combo box.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 36 Allows you to select more than one item in a list box.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 5b Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_IMAGEPOSITION 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 4a Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 85 Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL f9 While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the Data tab of the corresponding Properties dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE b3 With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 3e Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN a9 Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under Data field. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 49 Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REFVALUE d3 You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 5a Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 112 Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_KEYUP 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 54 The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4c The When losing focus event takes place if a control field looses the focus.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_CHANGED 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
29 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 40 Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_POSITIONED 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_UNLOADING 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RELOADED 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_LOADED 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_POSITIONING 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RESETTED 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_UNLOADED 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RELOADING 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 20 Determines if data can be added.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATAENTRY 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
2f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FCTRLtree 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
11 SVX_HID_FIELD_SEL 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
1d .uno%3ASwitchXFormsDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
18 SVX_HID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 1c Renames the selected object.
11 SVX_HID_FM_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
15 SVX_HID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
13 SVX_HID_FM_NEW_FORM 23 Creates a new form in the document.
e SVX_HID_FM_NEW 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
16 SVX_HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
16 .uno%3AStyleApplyState 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
15 SVX_HID_STYLE_LISTBOX 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 5d Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRight 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBottom 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 14d Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlighting icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlighting icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the Highlighting icon, and then click the color that you want.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 57 Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
13 .uno%3AOutlineRight 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
12 .uno%3AOutlineLeft 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
10 .uno%3AOutlineUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
12 .uno%3AOutlineDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
e .uno%3AOpenUrl 9f Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
a SID_RELOAD 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
21 SFX2_HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
15 .uno%3ASelectTextMode d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
b .uno%3AStop 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
f SID_BROWSE_STOP 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
1b CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
18 CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN 22 Applies the data to your document.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
1c CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN 21 Closes the dialog without saving.
1c CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
16 .uno%3AHyperlinkDialog 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
34 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
3b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
3b cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
3b cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
1e CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_TREE 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
38 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
38 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
3d cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3e cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3f cui%3ACheckBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACBX_ANONYMOUS 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
37 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
1f CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_APPLY 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
42 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
36 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_LOGIN 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
36 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
37 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_PASSWD 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ABTN_BROWSE 3d Opens a web browser, into which you can load the desired URL.
48 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_INTERNET 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
1f CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_CLOSE 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_INTERNET 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
38 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
43 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_FTP 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
34 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_SUBJECT 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ABTN_ADRESSBOOK 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH 67 Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.
40 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ARB_LINKTYP_NEWS 28 Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.
40 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ARB_LINKTYP_MAIL 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
16 CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MAIL 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
3f cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_BROWSE 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
3b cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TARGET_DOC 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
41 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_FILEOPEN 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
19 CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
45 cui%3AListBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_DOCUMENT_TYPES 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
42 cui%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_CREATE 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
3f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_PATH_NEWDOC 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
42 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITNOW 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
44 cui%3ARadioButton%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITLATER 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
1d CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
d .uno%3APageUp 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3APageDown 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
15 .uno%3AGoToStartOfDoc 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
13 .uno%3AGoToEndOfDoc 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ADMINISTRATE b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
1e DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_CLOSECONN 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
22 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_EDIT_DATABASE 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
28 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fautoformat 79 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Frowonly 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fcolumnname 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableheading 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ffromdatabase 1d Accepts the database formats.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallleft 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallright 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableformat 7e Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneleft 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftablecols 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fuserdefined 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneright 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabledbcols 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastable 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastext 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2FQueryFilterDialog 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue2 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval3 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield1 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield3 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield2 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue3 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval1 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval2 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield3 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield1 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue1 25 određuje vrijednost filtera i polja.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield2 42 Određuje imena polja sadašnje tabele za postavljanje argumenata.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop3 4b Za sljedeće argumente možete birati između logičkog operatora AND / OR.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop2 4b Za sljedeće argumente možete birati između logičkog operatora AND / OR.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fconnect2 4b Za sljedeće argumente možete birati između logičkog operatora AND / OR.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fconnect1 4b Za sljedeće argumente možete birati između logičkog operatora AND / OR.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2FStandardFilterDialog 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2FSortDialog 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
21 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2Fclose 5d Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbWildCard 29 Također pretražiti sa * ili ? wildcard.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbStartOver 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNull 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbBackwards 43 Određuje da će pretraga se izvršavati unazad od zadnja dva reda.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbPosition 32 Određuje vezu između pretrage i sadržaja polja.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbCase 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbField 18 Pretraži posebno polje.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbForm 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNotNull 23 Nađena polja koja sadrže podatke.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForText 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSingleField 18 Pretraži posebno polje.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbAllFields 1c Searches through all fields.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcmbSearchText 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbSearchAgain 1d Starts or cancels the search.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbRegular 22 Searches with regular expressions.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbUseFormat 4f Određuje da svi formati polja su uzeti u obzir u pretrazi trenutnog dokumenta.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FRecordSearchDialog 23 Searches database tables and forms.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3e prebacuje između filtriranog i nefiltriranog pregleda tabele.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 31 Aktivira dodatna pregled tabele u formi pogleda .
1c .uno%3ADSBDocumentDataSource 59 Prikazuje u pretarzivacu izvora podataka,tabelu koja je povezana sa trenutnim dokumentom.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 59 Prikazuje u pretarzivacu izvora podataka,tabelu koja je povezana sa trenutnim dokumentom.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 2e Brise upit i uklanja tabele iz dizajn prozora.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fclose 23 Closes the Add Tables dialogue box.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fadd 18 Unesite trenutnu tabelu.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fqueries 13 Shows only queries.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftables 12 Shows only tables.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftablelist 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
f .uno%3AAddTable 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 2a Prikaze dizajn view ili sql server upita .
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8d U SQL modu Mozete pristupiti SQL komandama koje nisu interpretovane  $[officename], ali su umjesto toga prebacene direktno u izvore podataka.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 4c Prikazuje "Function" red u nizem dijelu dizjn pregleda  Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 32 Prikazuje "Table" red u nizem dijelu Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 34 Prikazuje "Alias" red u donjem dijelu  Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 5b Prosiruje kreirane odaberi stejtmente  SQL Queryu trenutnoj koloni sa parametromr DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 39 Odobrva vam da odaberete objekte uz trenutnog dokumneta .
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8d Prikaze izvorni tekst trenutnog HTML dokumenta. Da pogledate HTML izvor novog dokumenta, prvo morate spasiti novi dokument kao HTML dokument.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8d Prikaze izvorni tekst trenutnog HTML dokumenta. Da pogledate HTML izvor novog dokumenta, prvo morate spasiti novi dokument kao HTML dokument.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 56 Prikaze trenutni stil.Dupli klik da editujes stil, desni klik da selektujes novi stil.
16 .uno%3AStatusPageStyle 56 Prikaze trenutni stil.Dupli klik da editujes stil, desni klik da selektujes novi stil.
14 .uno%3APageStyleName 56 Prikaze trenutni stil.Dupli klik da editujes stil, desni klik da selektujes novi stil.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2a Specificira trenutni zoom faktor stranice.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 57 Prikaze trenutni insert režim, možete birati između INSRT = umetni i OVER = prepisi.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 36 Here you can switch between different selection modes.
14 .uno%3ASelectionMode 36 Here you can switch between different selection modes.
13 .uno%3AModifyStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
f .uno%3AModified 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
15 .uno%3AModifiedStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fedges 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fembossdialog%2FEmbossDialog 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2FPosterDialog 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fheight 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fwidth 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2Fvalue 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Finvert 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Fvalue 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2FMosaicDialog 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2FSolarizeDialog c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2Fvalue 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fsmoothdialog%2FSmoothDialog 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2FAgingDialog a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 75 This icon on the Picture bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
e .uno%3ADBLimit 4b Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fnondistinct 21 Not use distinct values in query.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fdistinct 1d Use distinct values in query.
3d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2FQueryPropertiesDialog 1d Use distinct values in query.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2FSearchDialog 1e Pruža pregled sistema pomoći
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearch 1 .
15 SFX2_HID_HELP_LISTBOX 5d The list box located at the very top is where you can select other %PRODUCTNAME Help modules.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fbackwards 2f Traži unazad od trenutne pozicije pokazivača.
22 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 1e Vraca se na prethodnu stranicu
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fmatchcase 3e Razlikuje između teksta sa velikim i teksta sa malim slovima.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwholewords 1f Pronalazi samo čitave riječi.
18 SFX2_HID_HELP_TABCONTROL 62 The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages Contents, Index, Find and Bookmarks.
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 19 štampa trenutnu stranicu
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwrap 4d Pretražuje cijelu Help stranicu, počevši od trenutne pozicije pokazivača.
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 2a Ide na prvu stranicu trenutne teme pomoći
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 1e Pruža pregled sistema pomoći
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearchterm 4b Upišite tekst koji želite da tražite ili odaberite upis teksta u spisku.
26 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 2f Otvara dijaloški okvir Nađi na ovoj stranici.
21 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 1a Ide na  sljedeću stranicu
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 24 Skriva i prikazuje prozor navigacije
15 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 40 Alatna traka sadrži važne funkcije za kontrolu sistema pomoći
23 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 31 Dodaje ovu stranicu na Vašu traku za zabilješke
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2Fdisplay 27 Pritisnite da prikažete odabranu temu.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2FHelpIndexPage 47 Dupli-klik na upis ili vrstu riječi koju želite da nađete u indeksu.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fdisplay 21 Prikazuje upis označen u spisku.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fheadings 46 Navodi da li da samo traži u zaglavljima dokumenta za traženi pojam.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fcompletewords 69 Navodi da li provesti tačnu potragu za riječ koju ste upisali. Nepotpune riječi neće biti pronađene.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fresults 88 Ispisuje zaglavlja stranica pronađenih u vašoj pretrazi kompletnog teksta. Da bi prikazali stranicu, duplim-klikom pritisnite na upis.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Ffind 51 Pritisnite da počnete sa traženjem kompletnog teksta za pojam koji ste upisali.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fsearch 46 Upišite pojam za traženje ovdje. Traženje nije osjetljivo na slova.
1e SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 16 briše odabranu oznaku
1e SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 31 otvara odjel za upisivanje drugog imena za oznaku
1c SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 22 prikazuje odabrani predmet pomoći
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpbookmarkpage%2FHelpBookmarkPage 7f Duplim-klikom na oznaku ili pritiskom na Return dugme otvarate dodijeljenu stranicu u Pomoći. Desni-klik otvara kontekst meni.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fbookmarkdialog%2FBookmarkDialog 45 Prikazuje ime označene stranice. Možete upisati novo ime za oznaku.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontentpage%2FHelpContentPage 57 Prikazuje glavne help teme, uređene na sličan način kao mape u rukovodiocu datoteka.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 22 Opens the Extrusion Color toolbar.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 24 Opens the Extrusion Lighting window.
38 svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2FExtrustionDepthDialog 19 Enter an extrusion depth.
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL 13 Select a direction.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 25 Opens the Extrusion Direction window.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 21 Opens the Extrusion Depth window.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 30 Tilts the selected object right by five degrees.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 32 Tilts the selected object upwards by five degrees.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 2f Tilts the selected object left by five degrees.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 34 Tilts the selected object downwards by five degrees.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 23 Opens the Extrusion Surface window.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3c Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 63 Upućuje vas kroz kreiranje biznis i privatnih pisama, faksova, podsjetnika, prezentacija, i više.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDNEXT 3e Spašava trenutne postavke i nastavlja do slijedeće stranice.
1c WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE 5a Prema vašim odabirima, asistent kreira šablon dokumenta i spašava ga na vaš hard disk.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 3e Spašava trenutne postavke i nastavlja do slijedeće stranice.
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 3e Spašava trenutne postavke i nastavlja do slijedeće stranice.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDPREV 52 Omogućava vam da pogledate odabiranja koja ste izvršili na prethodnim koracima .
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 52 Omogućava vam da pogledate odabiranja koja ste izvršili na prethodnim koracima .
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 52 Omogućava vam da pogledate odabiranja koja ste izvršili na prethodnim koracima .
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.letter.CallWizard%3Fstart 24 Pokreće asistenta za šablon pisma.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 24 Pokreće asistenta za šablon pisma.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 22 Izaberite dizajn sa šablon pisma.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVOFFICIALSTYLE 22 Izaberite dizajn sa šablon pisma.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 22 Izaberite dizajn sa šablon pisma.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 33 Određuje da vi želite da kreirate privatno pismo.
28 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 3c Određuje da vi želite da kreirate formalno poslovno pismo.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER 99 Određuje da li se koristi papir koji već sadrži obilježeni znak, adresu, ili liniju podnožja. Asistent prikazuje pregled zaglavlja pisma slijedeće.
24 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 3e Određuje da vi želite da kreirate šablon za poslovno pismo.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE1 43 Određuje da li vi želite da kreirate privatno ili poslovno pismo.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT 87 Upiši visinu područja podnožja koje je već označeno na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje u tom području.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER 9a Određuje da je vaša vlastita adresa već označena u maloj veličini iznad područja primaoca adrese. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje adresu u maloj veličini.
29 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS 6a Određuje da je adresa već ispisana na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje adresu.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSX 35 Postavlja daljinu objekta od lijeve margine stranice.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 35 Postavlja daljinu objekta od lijeve margine stranice.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSWIDTH 19 Određuje visinu objekta.
1f WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 19 Određuje visinu objekta.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSY 35 Postavlja daljinu objekta od gornje margine stranice.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 19 Određuje visinu objekta.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER 7a Određuje da je područje podnožja već ispisano na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje podnožje.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 35 Postavlja daljinu objekta od gornje margine stranice.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSHEIGHT 19 Određuje visinu objekta.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO 6a Određuje da je adresa već ispisana na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma. %PRODUCTNAME ne ispisuje adresu.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE2 61 Omogućava vam da odredite elemente koji su već obilježeni na vašem zaglavlju papira od pisma.
1f WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 27 Uključuje podnožje na šablonu pisma.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTGREETING 54 Uključuje zaključni pozdrav na šablonu pisma. Odaberi tekst iz odjela sa spiskom.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 54 Uključuje zaključni pozdrav na šablonu pisma. Odaberi tekst iz odjela sa spiskom.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 2d Uključuje složene oznake na šablonu pisma.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTSALUTATION 4d Uključuje pozdrav na šablonu pisma. Odaberite pozdrav iz odjela sa spiskom.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 4d Uključuje pozdrav na šablonu pisma. Odaberite pozdrav iz odjela sa spiskom.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 2d Uključuje liniju predmeta na šablonu pisma.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 42 Uključuje liniju sa uputama do poslovnog pisma na šablonu pisma.
28 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 3a Uvrštava povratnu adresu male veličine na šablon pisma.
1d WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 21 Uključuje znak na šablon pisma.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE3 3c Određuje predmete koji će biti uključeni u šablon pisma.
29 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 45 Određuje da su polja za rezervisana mjesta ubačena u šablon pisma.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERCITY 27 Određuje podatke o adresi pošiljaoca.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTATE_TEXT 27 Određuje podatke o adresi pošiljaoca.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 39 Polja adrese u bazi podataka su ubačena u šablon pisma.
24 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 27 Određuje podatke o adresi pošiljaoca.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 23 Određuje adresu ulice pošiljaoca.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 1a Određuje ime pošiljaoca.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 36 Koristi podatke adrese iz slijedećih odjela za tekst.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 55 Koristi korisnikove podatke iz Pomagala - Opcije - %PRODUCTNAME - Korisnički podaci.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE4 2f Određuje informacije o pošiljaocu i primaocu.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 34 Uključuje brojeve stranica u vašem šablonu pisma.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 33 Odaberite za zatvorite podnožje na prvoj stranici.
1c WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 21 Upiši tekst za linije podnožja.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE5 44 Određuje informacije koje će biti uključene u prostoru podnožja.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 37 Spašava šablon i ostavlja ga otvorenog za editovanje.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER 58 Spašava i zatvara šablon, i onda otvara novi dokument bez naslova baziran na šablonu.
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CMDPATH 66 Upišite put i ime datoteke za šablon, ili pritisnite ... dugme da biste odabrali put i ime datoteke.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 27 Određuje naslov šablona od dokumenta.
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH 66 Upišite put i ime datoteke za šablon, ili pritisnite ... dugme da biste odabrali put i ime datoteke.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE6 48 Određuje gdje i pod kojim imenom želite da spasite dokument i šablon.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT 83 Asistent spašava trenutne postavke i ide na slijedeću stranicu. Dugme Dalje će postati neaktivno kada dosegnete zadnju stranicu.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE ae Prema vašim odabirima, asistent kreira šablon za dokument i spašava ga. Novi dokument baziran na šablonu se pojavljuje u radnom području, sa imenom datoteke "UntitledX".
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.fax.CallWizard%3Fstart 1b Otvara asistent za faksove.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK cf Kliknite na dugme Nazad za prikaz opcija izabranih na prethodnoj stranici. Trenutne postavke neće biti izmijenjene ili izbrisane ako pritisnete ovo dugme.Nazad će biti aktivirano iz druge stranice nadalje.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1b Otvara asistent za faksove.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 1d Precizira dizajn ivice polja.
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 26 Kreira šablon faksa za privatni faks.
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 1d Precizira dizajn ivice polja.
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 2f Kreira šablon faksa za faks u poslovnom stilu.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE1 25 Određuje stil vašeg faks dokumenta.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET 12 Includes a footer.
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 18 Includes a subject line.
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 16 Includes a date field.
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 18 Includes a company logo.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE2 29 Specifies the fax elements to be printed.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FILETEMPLATEPATH 45 Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document.
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 1e Enter the sender address data.
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 1e Enter the sender address data.
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 1e Enter the sender address data.
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 1e Enter the sender address data.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY 76 Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 1e Enter the sender address data.
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 1e Enter the sender address data.
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE3 3a Specifies the receiver and sender information for the fax.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE4 1a Specifies the footer data.
10 SW_HID_FAX_PAGE5 27 Defines the template name and location.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.agenda.CallWizard%3Fstart 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 4d Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 29 Select the page design from the list box.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 27 Specifies a page design for the agenda.
20 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION 26 Specifies the location of the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME 22 Specifies the time of the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 18 Precizira ime formulara.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE 22 Specifies the date of the meeting.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 3d Specifies the date, time, title, and location of the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 28 Specifies whether to print a Notes line.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 2f Specifies whether to print a Please bring line.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 2e Specifies whether to print a Please read line.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 34 Specifies whether to print the type of meeting line.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 3e Specifies the headings that you want to include in the agenda.
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 4d Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 48 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 46 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 58 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 30 Specifies the names to be printed on the agenda.
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 1f Moves the current topic row up.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 1e Removes the current topic row.
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 21 Moves the current topic row down.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 34 Inserts a new empty topic row above the current row.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 3a Specifies the topics to be printed on the agenda template.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 53 Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 5f Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 18 Precizira ime formulara.
13 SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 36 Choose the title and location for the agenda template.
24 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_NEXT 34 Accepts the new settings and moves to the next page.
24 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_LAST 44 Returns to the previous step without deleting your current settings.
16 .uno%3ANewPresentation 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
1d .uno%3AAutoPilotPresentations 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
c slot%3A10425 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
24 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ACB_PREVIEW 36 Specifies that templates appear in the preview window.
18 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_OPEN 108 Lists the presentations that you created and saved to the Templates directory that is specified under %PRODUCTNAME - Paths in the Options dialog box. To edit the layout and formatting of a presentation with the wizard, select the presentation, and then click Next.
29 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_ASS%3APB_PAGE1_OPEN 2a Click Open to see a file selection dialog.
2a sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE1_OPEN 34 Displays a list of previously created presentations.
1d SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_TEMPLATES 3a Lists the available template categories for presentations.
1a SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_REGION 3a Lists the available template categories for presentations.
2e sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE1_TEMPLATE 3d Opens a list box containing various modifiable presentations.
26 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ACB_STARTWITH 71 Specifies that you only want the Wizard to start when you expressly request it with File - Wizard - Presentation.
2b sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE1_EMPTY 23 Creates a new (empty) presentation.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE1 44 Specifies the presentation type and allows you to select a template.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM2 2c Creates a presentation to be used as slides.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM1 2c Creates a computer screen presentation only.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM4 34 Creates a presentation that can be printed on paper.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM5 2e Uses the original page format of the template.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE2_MEDIUM3 3d Creates a presentation to be used as overhead transparencies.
28 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ALB_PAGE2_LAYOUT 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
21 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGETEMPLATES 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE2 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
2a sd%3ATimeField%3ADLG_ASS%3ATMF_PAGE3_BREAK 2c Defines the pause between each presentation.
29 sd%3ATimeField%3ADLG_ASS%3ATMF_PAGE3_TIME 2f Defines the duration of each presentation page.
2b sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE3_KIOSK 49 Runs the presentation automatically, and restarts it again after a break.
2a sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_ASS%3ARB_PAGE3_LIVE 60 The Default option runs the presentation as a full screen presentation with the specified speed.
27 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ACB_PAGE3_LOGO 5f Specifies whether to display the $[officename] logo during the pause between each presentation.
27 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ALB_PAGE3_SPEED 1c Determines the effect speed.
28 sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ALB_PAGE3_EFFECT 2a Specifies an effect for your presentation.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE3 46 Assigns special effects to your presentation and determines its speed.
37 sd%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_ASS%3AEDT_PAGE4_ASKINFORMATION 66 Use this field for further thoughts and ideas that you would like to cover later in your presentation.
28 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_ASS%3AEDT_PAGE4_ASKTOPIC 29 Specifies the topic of your presentation.
27 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_ASS%3AEDT_PAGE4_ASKNAME 30 Specifies your name or the name of your company.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE4 30 Specifies your name or the name of your company.
2a sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_ASS%3ACB_PAGE5_SUMMARY 2f Creates a summary of all presentation contents.
19 SD_HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_PAGE5 2f Creates a summary of all presentation contents.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 39 Click to create the form without answering further pages.
1a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 28 Activates the Wizard for creating forms.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSSELECTED 39 Prikazuje sva polja koja su uključena u novi izvještaj.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSAVAILABLE 46 Prikazuje imena polja u bazi podataka u izabranoj tabeli ili upitniku.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDS 46 Prikazuje imena polja u bazi podataka u izabranoj tabeli ili upitniku.
2d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERREMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDS 46 Prikazuje imena polja u bazi podataka u izabranoj tabeli ili upitniku.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_LBTABLES 42 Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSAVAILABLE 46 Prikazuje imena polja u bazi podataka u izabranoj tabeli ili upitniku.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSAVAILABLE 46 Prikazuje imena polja u bazi podataka u izabranoj tabeli ili upitniku.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 3d Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 32 Select the relation on which the subform is based.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 35 Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 18 Select to add a subform.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 3d Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 44 Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 32 Raspoređuje oznake iznad odgovarajućih podataka.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 2d Ravna polja baze podataka u tabličnoj formi.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 42 Ravna polja baze podataka u smjeru kolona sa oznakama iznad polja.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 47 Ravna polja baze podataka u smjeru kolona sa oznakama s desna od polja.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 1c Oznake su poravnate s desna.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 1d Oznake su poravnate s lijeva.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 2e Izaberite zabranu za dodavanje novih podataka.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 24 Izaberite zabranu brisanja podataka.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 54 Kreira formular koji se može koristiti za prikaz postojećih podataka i unos novih.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 32 Izaberite zabranu editovanja/uređivanja podataka.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 42 Kreira formular koji će se koristiti samo za unos novih podataka.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 27 Precizira da ivica polja izgleda ravno.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 27 Precizira da ivica polja ima 3D izgled.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 20 Precizira da polja nemaju ivicu.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 2b Precizira stil/dizajn stranice za formular.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 56 Sačuva formular, i otvori ga u načinu za editovanje da bi promijenili format/izgled.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 45 Sačuva formular, i otvara ga kao formular za unos i prikaz podataka.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 18 Precizira ime formulara.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 25 Izaberite karakteristike izvještaja.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DOCUMENT_CREATE_REPWIZ 2d Aktivira Čarobnjak za kreiranje izvještaja.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 46 Kliknite da bi pomjerili sva polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 39 Prikazuje sva polja koja su uključena u novi izvještaj.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 46 Prikazuje imena polja u bazi podataka u izabranoj tabeli ili upitniku.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4b Kliknite da bi pomjerili izabrana polja u prozor na koji strelica pokazuje.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 39 Izaberite tabelu ili upitnik za koji kreirate izvještaj.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_5 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_3 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_2 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_4 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_1 99 Prikazuje imena polja koja će biti uključena u izvještaj. Na desnoj strani možete unijeti oznaku za svako polje koje ce biti štampano u izvještaju.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 50 Kliknite da pomjerili polje iz desnog u lijevi prozor, ili duplo kliknite polje.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST b7 Ispisuje polja po kojima će izvještaj biti grupisan. Da bi uklonili jedan nivo grupisanja, izaberite ime polja, onda kliknite <- tipku. Možete izabrati do četiri nivoa grupisanja.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 50 Kliknite da pomjerite polje iz lijevog u desni prozor, ili duplo kliknite polje.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING ca Ispisuje polja iz vaše selekcije na prethodnoj stranici Čarobnjaka. Da bi grupisali izvještaj na osnovu polja, izaberite ime polja, onda kliknite > tipku. Možete izabrati do ceriti nivoa grupisanja.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u opadajućem rasporedu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND1 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u opadajućem rasporedu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND3 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u opadajućem rasporedu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND3 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u rastućem redoslijedu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND2 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u rastućem redoslijedu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND1 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u rastućem redoslijedu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND2 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u opadajućem rasporedu.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 3d Izaberite dodatna polja po kojima ćete razvrstati izvještaj
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT3 3d Izaberite dodatna polja po kojima ćete razvrstati izvještaj
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 32 Razvrstava sadržaj polja u rastućem redoslijedu.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT2 3d Izaberite dodatna polja po kojima ćete razvrstati izvještaj
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 3a Izaberite prvo polje po kojem ćete razvrstati izvještaj.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 2b Bira uspravni smjer stranice za izvještaj.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 2c Bira vodoravni smjer stranice za izvještaj.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT 93 Definira dizajn stranice za izvještaj. Dizajn stranica se učitava iz datoteka šablona, koji dodjeljuje zaglavlje, podnožje i pozadinu stranice.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 6b Definiše set stilova za izvještaj. Stilovi označavaju fontove, uvučene redove, pozadinu tabele i više.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 31 Kada kliknete Kraj, izvještaj će biti sačuvan.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 5d Kada kliknete Kraj, šablon izvještaja će biti sačuvan i otvoren za editovanje/mijenjanje.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 6e Sačuva izvještaj kao šablon. Kada otvorite dinamički izvještaj, prikazati će aktualni sadržaj podataka.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 98 Sačuva izvještaj kao statički izvještaj. Kada otvorite statički izvještaj, uvijek će prikazati iste podatke kao i one kada je izvještaj kreiran.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 46 Precizira naslov koji je odštampan u naslovnoj liniji svake stranice.
33 sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE1_DEL_DESIGN 2d Briše izabrani dizajn iz liste sa dizajnima.
2d sd%3AListBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE1_DESIGNS 21 Prikazuje sve postojeće dizajne.
34 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE1_OLD_DESIGN 89 Učitava postojeći dizajn iz liste dizajna za korištenje kao početnu tačku za korake koji slijede na narednim stranicama Čarobnjaka.
34 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE1_NEW_DESIGN 35 Kreira novi dizajn u narednim stranicama Čarobnjaka.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE1 35 Kreira novi dizajn u narednim stranicama Čarobnjaka.
26 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_CGI 44 Precizira URL (apsolutni ili relativni) za napravljene Perl skripte.
28 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_INDEX 6e Precizira URL (apsolutni ili relativni) koji će biti unesen od strane gledalaca kako bi vidjeli prezentaciju.
26 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_URL 65 Precizira URL (apsolutni ili relativni), gdje je kreirana HTML prezentacija na web serveru sačuvana.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_WEBCAST 56 U WebCast eksportu, automatske skripte će biti napravljene sa Perl ili ASP podrškom.
2e sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_PERL 3f WebCast eksport koristi da kreira HTML stranice i Perl skripte.
34 sd%3ATimeField%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_DURATION_TMF 35 Definiše količinu vremena za pregled svakog slajda.
32 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_CHG_AUTO 78 Izmjena stranica se dešava automatski nakon isteka predodređenog perioda vremena i ne zavisi o sadržaju prezentacije.
35 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_CHG_DEFAULT bf Izmjena slajdova zavisi od vremena koje ste postavili za svaki slajd u prezentaciji. Ako postavite izmjenu stranica ručno, HTML uvodi novu stranicu pritiskom na bilo koju tipku na tastaturi.
2f sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_KIOSK 7c Kreira dodijeljenu HTML prezentaciju kao kiosk izvoz, u kojoj se slajdovi smjenjuju automatski nakon predodređenog vremena.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_ASP 9f Kada izaberete ASP opciju, WebCast eksport kreira ASP stranice. Zapamtite da HTML prezentacija može biti podržana samo od web preglednika koji podržava ASP.
2c sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_NOTES 35 Specificira da su vaše bilješke također prikazane.
2e sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_CONTENT 2a Kreira naslovnu stranicu za vaš dokument.
2e sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_ENDLESS 4f Automatski ponovo pokreće HTML prezentaciju kada se prikaže posljednji slajd.
30 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_FRAMES b6 Kreira standardne HTML stranice sa okvirima. Izvezena stranica će biti smještena u glavni okvir, a okvir sa lijeve strane će prikazivati tabelu sa sadržajem u formi hiperlinkova.
32 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE2_STANDARD 36 Kreira standardne HTML stranice iz izvezenih stranica.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE2 36 Kreira standardne HTML stranice iz izvezenih stranica.
30 sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_SLD_SOUND 5c Precizira da zvučne datoteke koje su definisane kao efekti za izmjene slajda budu izvezene.
36 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_RESOLUTION_2 3f Izaberite srednju rezoluciju za srednju veličinu prezentacije.
36 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_RESOLUTION_3 40 Izaberite visoku rezoluciju za prikaz slajdova visoke kvalitete.
36 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_RESOLUTION_1 6d Izaberite nisku rezoluciju da bi zadržali malu veličinu datoteke, čak i za prezentacije sa mnogo slajdova.
2e sd%3AComboBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_QUALITY ae Precizira faktor kompresije JPEG grafike. 100% vrijednost nudi najbolju kvalitetu za veliki raspon podataka. 25% faktor naznačava male datoteke sa slabijom kvalitetom slike.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_JPG 85 Datoteke su izvezene kao JPEG datoteke. JPEG datoteke su kompresovane, sa podesivom kompresijom i mogu sadržavati više od 256 boja.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_GIF 72 Datoteke su izvezene kao GIF datoteke. GIF datoteke se kompresuju bez gubitka podataka, i imaju maksimum 256 boja.
2d sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE3_PNG 7d Datoteke su izvezene kao PNG datoteke. PNG datoteke su kompresovane bez gubitka podataka, mogu sadržavati više od 256 boja.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE3 7d Datoteke su izvezene kao PNG datoteke. PNG datoteke su kompresovane bez gubitka podataka, mogu sadržavati više od 256 boja.
30 sd%3AMultiLineEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE4_MISC 43 Specificira dodatni tekst koji će se pojaviti na naslovnoj strani.
2b sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE4_WWW_EDIT 44 Specificira vašu stranicu. Hiperlink će biti unesen u publikaciju.
2d sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE4_EMAIL_EDIT 26 specificira adresu elektronske pošte.
29 sd%3AEdit%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE4_AUTHOR 23 Specificira ime autora publikacije.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE4 23 Specificira ime autora publikacije.
2f sd%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE5_TEXTONLY 31 Unosi samo tekstualne hiperlinkove umjesto tipki.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE5 31 Unosi samo tekstualne hiperlinkove umjesto tipki.
2d sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_BACK 56 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation.
2e sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_VLINK 58 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation.
2e sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_ALINK 57 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation.
2d sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_LINK 55 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation.
2d sd%3APushButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_TEXT 50 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation.
31 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_DEFAULT 34 Uses the default colors of the viewer's Web Browser.
2e sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_USER 43 Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.
33 sd%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_PUBLISHING%3APAGE6_DOCCOLORS 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
1a SD_HID_SD_HTMLEXPORT_PAGE6 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_GRIDWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 56 Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 5a Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 55 Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_OPTMSDOCUMENTS 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
2d WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 31 Indicates that the documents are to be converted.
2d WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDTEMPLATEPATHSELECT 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDTEMPLATEPATH 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBTEMPLATEPATH 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATERECURSE 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 2d Specifies that templates are to be converted.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 32 Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 3c All currency cells in the active document will be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 3f All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 36 All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 32 Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT bc Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 4f Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 16 Starts the conversion.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 1a Closes the Euro Converter.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK 30 Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 22 Activates the help for the dialog.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
31 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FEuro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 3b Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 1d Converts the entire document.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_DIALOG 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 44 Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialog.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevolution 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fmacosx 4b Select this option if you already use an address book in OS X Address book.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevoldap 48 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution LDAP.
2e modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fkde 4a Select this option if you already use an address book in KDE Address book.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fgroupwise 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Groupwise.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fwindows 53 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook Express.
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fldap 46 Select this option if you already have address data on an LDAP server.
36 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fthunderbird 50 Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird or Icedove.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Ffirefox 4e Select this option if you already use an address book in Firefox or Iceweasel.
30 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fother 60 Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 32 Exits the wizard without implementing any changes.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Foutlook 61 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook (not Outlook Express).
c slot%3A10934 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2FSelectTypePage 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2Fsettings 3a Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2FInvokeAdminPage 5e Allows you to enter additional settings for LDAP address data and other external data sources.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2Ftable 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2FSelectTablePage 76 Specifies a table from the Seamonkey / Netscape address book source that is used as the address book in $[officename].
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Favailable db Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fname 1f Specifies the data source name.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fbrowse 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2FDataSourcePage 81 Specifies a location for the address book file and a name under which the data source will be listed in the data source explorer.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2Fassign 34 Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2FFieldAssignPage 3f Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.web.CallWizard%3Fstart 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
16 WIZARDS_HID0_WEBWIZARD 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
18 WIZARDS_HID1_BTN_DEL_SES 1e Deletes the selected settings.
19 WIZARDS_HID1_LST_SESSIONS 7f Select the settings that you want to load and then click Load. To start the wizard with the default settings, select "default".
1a WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_TITLE 88 Enter the title for the selected document. The title appears as a hyperlink to the selected document on the index page of your web site.
1b WIZARDS_HID2_LST_DOC_EXPORT 44 Select the file format that you want to export the selected file to.
1b WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_AUTHOR 37 Enter the name of the author for the selected document.
18 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_REM_DOC 28 Removes the selected file from the list.
18 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_ADD_DOC dd Opens a dialog where you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_DESC 2e Enter a description for the selected document.
15 WIZARDS_HID2_LST_DOCS f9 Lists the documents that you want to publish to your web site. The wizard can convert %PRODUCTNAME documents to HTML, PDF, or, in some cases, Flash format before the documents are uploaded. All other files are uploaded in their original file format.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG9 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG8 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG6 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG5 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG3 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG7 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG2 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG4 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG1 25 Select the layout for the index page.
1e WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_800 3d Optimizes the web site for a 800x600 pixel screen resolution.
1e WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_640 3d Optimizes the web site for a 640x480 pixel screen resolution.
1e WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_PAGES 3c Displays the number of pages in your site on the index page.
1f WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_F_ICON 30 Displays the file format icon on the index page.
1f WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_FORMAT 33 Displays the format of the files on the index page.
20 WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_UP_DATE 49 Includes the date of the last time a file was modified on the index page.
20 WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_CR_DATE 3f Includes the creation dates of the documents on the index page.
1f WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_1024 3e Optimizes the web site for a 1024x768 pixel screen resolution.
1d WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_SIZE 36 Displays the file size in kilobytes on the index page.
1f WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_AUTHOR 4d Includes the names of the people who created the documents on the index page.
24 WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_DESCRIPTION 44 Includes the summary information of the documents on the index page.
21 WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_FILENAME 3b Includes the file names of the documents on the index page.
16 WIZARDS_HID5_BTN_ICONS 54 Select the Icons that you want to use for the navigation elements on the index page.
18 WIZARDS_HID5_BTN_BACKGND 2d Select a Background image for the index page.
17 WIZARDS_HID5_LST_STYLES 2b Select the color scheme for the index page.
17 WIZARDS_HID_BG_BTN_NONE 30 Clears the background image from the index page.
18 WIZARDS_HID_BG_BTN_OTHER 4e Opens a file open dialog to select a background image file for the index page.
e WIZARDS_HID_BG 36 Specifies a background image for the Web Wizard style.
17 WIZARDS_HID_IS_BTN_NONE 28 Clears the icon set from the index page.
e WIZARDS_HID_IS 53 Select an icon set for navigation on HTML presentation documents in the Web Wizard.
1f WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_COPYRIGHT 58 Enter the copyright notice for the index page. The notice is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1b WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_EMAIL 57 Enter the e-mail address for the index page. The address is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1e WIZARDS_HID6_DATE_SITE_UPDATED 53 Enter the modified date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1a WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_DESC 56 Enter a description for the index page. The description is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1e WIZARDS_HID6_DATE_SITE_CREATED 53 Enter the creation date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.
1b WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_TITLE 5f Enter the title for the index page. This element is displayed on the title bar of web browsers.
14 WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_FTP c6 Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
15 WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_SAVE 25 Enter the name for the settings file.
14 WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_ZIP 46 Opens a dialog where you can specify the location of the archive file.
14 WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_ZIP 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
1c WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_ZIP 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
16 WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_LOCAL d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
14 WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_FTP 67 Opens the FTP Connection dialog where you can edit and test the connection settings for the FTP server.
1c WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_FTP c6 Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
16 WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_LOCAL 22 Opens a dialog to select a folder.
1e WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_LOCAL d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
15 WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_SAVE 35 Saves the settings that you specified in this wizard.
18 WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_PREVIEW 48 Opens your web page in the default web browser of your operating system.
18 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_BTN_PATH 51 Opens a dialog where you can specify the FTP server directory to store the files.
18 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_TXT_PATH 57 Enter the location of a directory on the FTP server where you want to store your files.
14 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_TEST 33 Tests the FTP connection with the current settings.
14 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_PASS 3d Enter the password that is required to access the FTP server.
18 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_USERNAME 3e Enter the user name that is required to access the FTP server.
16 WIZARDS_HID_FTP_SERVER 2f Enter the name or IP address of the FTP server.
f WIZARDS_HID_FTP 44 Edit and test the FTP server connection settings for the Web Wizard.
20 DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION 2b Select a function to run in the query here.
1f DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE 5a If you mark the Visible property for a data field, that field will be visible in the query
1d DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER 66 If you click the cell, you can select among the sorting options: ascending, descending and not sorted.
1d DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE 4b The corresponding database table of the selected data field is listed here.
1d DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD 7c Enter the name of the data field that you referred to in the Query. All settings made in the lower rows refer to this field.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Fschema 49 Enter the name of the schema that is assigned to the query or table view.
1c DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT 51 Specifies the criteria by which the content of the data field should be filtered.
26 DBACCESS_HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION 15 Edit Join Properties.
1d DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS 8d Specifies an alias. This alias will be listed in a query instead of the field name. This makes it possible to use user-defined column labels.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Ftitle 2a Enter the name of the query or table view.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT 26 Select conditions to define the query.
1a DBACCESS_HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB 50 Double-click fields to add them to the query. Drag-and-drop to define relations.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftype 2d Specifies the link type of the selected link.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftable2 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftable1 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirmpassword 1d Enter the new password again.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fnewpassword 17 Enter the new password.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Foldpassword 17 Enter the old password.
1c sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fusered 23 Specifies the name of the new user.
25 DBACCESS_HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW 14 Displays help texts.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE 41 Displays the format code that you can select with the ... button.
1c DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT 3c Specifies the value that is the default in new data records.
29 DBACCESS_HID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY 4f If this command has a check mark, the data field in this line is a primary key.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS 96 Inserts an empty row above the current row, if the table has not been saved. Inserts an empty row at the end of the table if the table has been saved.
1f DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL 19 Specifies the field type.
1b DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT 2a This button opens the Field Format dialog.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL 22 Specifies an optional description.
1f DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL 84 Specifies the name of the data field. Note the database restrictions, such as the length of the name, special characters and spaces.
21 DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND 32 This area is where you define the table structure.
32 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ADLG_INDEXDESIGN%3APB_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
2c DBACCESS_HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER 1a Determines the sort order.
28 DBACCESS_HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD 57 Displays a list of the fields in the current table. You can select more than one field.
31 dbaccess%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_INDEXDESIGN%3ACB_UNIQUE 3e Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_RESETINDEX 50 Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialog was started.
1d DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_SAVEINDEX 2b Saves the current index in the data source.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_RENAMEINDEX 1a Renames the current index.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_NEWINDEX 14 Creates a new index.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 4a The Index Design dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
1d DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_DROPINDEX 1a Deletes the current index.
1d DBACCESS_HID_DLGIDX_INDEXLIST 85 Displays the available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialog.
28 dbaccess%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_INDEXDESIGN 4a The Index Design dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
1c DBACCESS_HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB 57 Here you can link together tables from the current database through common data fields.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Frelations 43 Imena odabranih tablica za link ovdje pojavljuju kao nazivi kolona.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Frelations 23 Definiše ključna polja za odnose.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2FRelationDialog 41 Omogućava vam da odrediti i urediti odnos između dvije tablice.
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 41 Omogućava vam da odrediti i urediti odnos između dvije tablice.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fkeyname 46 Određuje naziv za primarni ključ generisan Ovaj naziv nije obavezan.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fprimarykey 4a Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdata 3e Dodati podaci tablice mogu biti kopirani u postojeće tablice.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fview c2 Ako baza podataka podržava Views, možete odabrati ovu opciju samo kad upit se kopira u tablici kontejner. Ova opcija omogućava Vam da pogledate i uređivanje upit kao normalni prikaz tablice.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdef 3d Kopira samo definicija tablice, a ne i odgovarajuće podatke.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdefdata 28 Stvara 1:1 kopiju baze podataka tablice.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fname 1d Određuje naziv za kopiranje.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2FCopyTablePage 1d Određuje naziv za kopiranje.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolslh 55 Dodaje ili uklanja označena polja (> ili < button) ili sva polja (<< ili >> button).
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcollh 55 Dodaje ili uklanja označena polja (> ili < button) ili sva polja (<< ili >> button).
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolsrh 55 Dodaje ili uklanja označena polja (> ili < button) ili sva polja (<< ili >> button).
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolrh 55 Dodaje ili uklanja označena polja (> ili < button) ili sva polja (<< ili >> button).
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Ffrom bc Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the >> button.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fto 38 Popisi polja koja želite uključiti u kopirane tablice.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2FApplyColPage bc Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the >> button.
35 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ATAB_WIZ_TYPE_SELECT%3APB_AUTO 2a Omogućuje automatsko prepoznavanje vrste.
37 dbaccess%3ANumericField%3ATAB_WIZ_TYPE_SELECT%3AET_AUTO 30 Unesite broj linija za automatsko prepoznavanja.
21 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 2b Izaberi default vrijednost za polja Yes/No.
1a DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 7c Unesite broj decimalnih mjesta za polje podatka. Ova mogućnost je dostupna samo za numerička ili decimalna polja podataka.
18 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 26 Unesi broj karaktera za polje podatka.
19 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 14 Select a field type.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_TEXT_LEN 26 Unesi broj karaktera za polje podatka.
1f DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 50 Prikazuje ime odabranog polja podataka. Ako želite, možete unijeti novi naziv.
43 dbaccess%3AMultiListBox%3ATAB_WIZ_TYPE_SELECT%3ALB_NEW_COLUMN_NAMES 42 Popisi polja podataka koji će biti uključeni u kopirane tablice.
37 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3APB_NONE 2a Clears all of the check boxes in the list.
36 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3APB_ALL 2b Selects all of the data fields in the list.
45 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3AIB_COLUMN_DOWN_RIGHT 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
3f dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3AIB_COLUMN_DOWN 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
3d dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3AIB_COLUMN_UP 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
43 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ATAB_WIZ_NAME_MATCHING%3AIB_COLUMN_UP_RIGHT 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
29 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_NAMEMATCHING_COLS_ASSIGN 9a Popisi mogućih podataka polja u odredišnoj tablici. Samo podaci polja koja su odabrane u popisu izvorne tablice će biti uključena odredišne tablice..
28 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_NAMEMATCHING_COLS_AVAIL 16e Popisi podataka polja u izvornoj tablici. Uključiti polje podataka iz izvorne tablice u odredišnoj tablici, označite okvir  ispred naziva polja podataka. Za mapiranje sadržaja polja podataka u tablici na izvor različitih podataka polja u odredišnoj tablici, pritisnite podatkovno polje na popisu izvorne tablice, a zatim kliknite strelicu prema gore ili dolje.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG b2 Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusesql92 89 Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fquery 63 Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fstatement 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fautoretrieve 67 Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.
21 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_ODBC_OPTIONS 56 Use this text field to enter additional optional driver settings if this is necessary.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_INDICIES 61 Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SHOWDELETED 7f Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremove 3a Moves the selected table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Faddall 38 Moves all of the free indexes to the Table Indexes list.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ffreeindex 3b Lists the available indexes that you can assign to a table.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremoveall 38 Moves all of the table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftableindex 3a Lists the current indexes for the selected database table.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fadd 33 Moves the selected index to the Table Indexes list.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftable 31 Select the database table that you want to index.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2FDBaseIndexDialog 29 Lets you organize dBASE database indexes.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fexecute 40 Runs the command that you entered in the Command to execute box.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsqlhistory 6a Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click Run.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsql 3a Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fstatus 48 Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2FDirectSQLDialog 4f Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.
d .uno%3ASortup 51 Sortira popis imena tablica u uzlaznom redoslijedu počevši na početku abecede.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL ed Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
1f DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_TBLGRANTS 4c Displays and lets you edit the database access rights for the selected user.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_PBUSERDELETE 1a Removes the selected user.
1e DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_PBCHGPWD 27 Mjenja trenutnu šifru za pristup bazi.
1c DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_PBUSER 34 Adds a new user for accessing the selected database.
1c DBACCESS_HID_TAB_PAGE_LBUSER 37 Odaberite korisnika čije postavke želite promijeniti.
2e dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_FREESIZE 53 Displays the amount of free space (in megabytes) that is available in the database.
2a dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_SIZE 2e Prikazuje punu veličinu baze (u megabajtima).
39 dbaccess%3ANumericField%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_MEMORYUSING 42 Displays the amount of used space in the database as a percentage.
31 dbaccess%3AListBox%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3ALB_DATADEVS 38 Displays the path and the name of the DATADEVSPACE file.
34 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_TRANSACTIONLOG 3a Displays the path and the name of the TRANSACTIONLOG file.
31 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_ADABASSTAT%3AET_SYSDEVSPACE 37 Displays the path and the name of the SYSDEVSPACE file.
22 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CACHE_SIZE 2e Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes.
2b DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG_SIZE 34 Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.
29 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE_SIZE 4d Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
24 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE 25 Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG 2c Enter the path for the transaction log file.
25 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBSYSDEVSPACE 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSDEVSPACE 27 Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.
28 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBTRANSACTIONLOG 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
21 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DOMAINPWD 11 Enter a password.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONPWD 11 Enter a password.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSPWD 11 Enter a password.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_USR a1 Enter the name of the domain user that is used by Adabas internally. Normally, the default settings for the name and password of the domain user are not changed.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSUSR 2d Enter the name of the database administrator.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONUSR cb Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database. Normally, the default settings for the name and the password of the control user are not changed.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DBNAME 1e Type the name of the database.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fprimarykeys 5f Enable to overrule Base's heuristics used to detect whether the database supports primary keys.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseodbcliterals 37 Izbacuje informacije koje pripadaju trenutnom primjeru.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseschemaname 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusecatalogname b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Freplaceparams 44 Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignoreprivs 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseoj 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fdisplayver 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fappend 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignorecurrency a9 Only for Oracle JDBC connections. When enabled it specifies that no column is treated as a currency field. The field type returned from the database driver is discarded.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Finputchecks d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fcreateindex 2d Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Feol 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseas 9b Some databases use the keyword "AS" between a name and its alias, while other databases use a whitespace. Enable this option to insert AS before the alias.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
3c dbaccess%3ACheckBox%3APAGE_CONNECTION%3ACB_PASSWORD_REQUIRED 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
2e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
3b dbaccess%3APushButton%3APAGE_CONNECTION%3APB_TESTCONNECTION 38 Tests the database connection with the current settings.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_DATABASE_WIZARD 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DSTYPE 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_GETEXISTINGDATABASE 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ALB_DOCUMENTLIST 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
36 dbaccess%3APushButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3APB_OPENDOCUMENT a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
3a dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ARB_OPENEXISTINGDOC 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
36 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_CREATEDBDATABASE 20 Select to create a new database.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fusewizard 46 Select to call the Table Wizard after the Database Wizard is finished.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fnoregister 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fopenediting 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fyesregister 118 Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - Other) or in a mail merge.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2FPageFinal 6a Specifies whether you want to register the database, open the database for editing, or insert a new table.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_PB_ADABASNAME 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_ET_ADABASNAME 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
46 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_AUTHENTIFICATION_CB_GENERALPASSWORDREQUIRED 2b A password must contain 3 to 18 characters.
3e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_AUTHENTIFICATION_ET_GENERALUSERNAME 30 A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL 1a Enter the data source URL.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION 1d Open a path selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DRIVERCLASS 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2c DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLPORT df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
2a DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_JDBCURL df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
29 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_LDAP_CB_USESSL 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_LDAP_ET_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
29 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_LDAP_ET_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
20 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_LDAP_ET_HOSTSERVER 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
22 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MYSQL_RB_CONNECTVIAJDBC 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MYSQL_RB_CONNECTVIAODBC 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
30 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
35 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
45 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_CB_SPREADSHEETPASSWORDREQUIRED 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_PB_SPREADSHEETPATH 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_ET_SPREADSHEETPATH 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FIELD_SEPARATOR 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
28 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSOTHERFILES 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSCSVFILES 1a Click to access csv files.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSTXTFILES 1a Click to access txt files.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_PB_LOCATIONTEXTFILE 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
23 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_TEXT_SEPARATOR 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_OWNEXTENSION 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_LOCATIONTEXTFILE fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
f .uno%3ADBDelete 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
43 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ADLG_COLLECTION_VIEW%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_SAVE 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
40 dbaccess%3AEdit%3ADLG_COLLECTION_VIEW%3AED_EXPLORERFILE_FILENAME 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
42 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ADLG_COLLECTION_VIEW%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_UP 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
49 dbaccess%3AImageButton%3ADLG_COLLECTION_VIEW%3ABTN_EXPLORERFILE_NEWFOLDER 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
28 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_CREATE_DESIGN 1c Opens the table design view.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
14 .uno%3ADBTableFilter 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesfilterpage%2FTablesFilterPage 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 2c Disables the preview in the database window.
d .uno%3ADBSort 10 Opens a submenu.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 10 Opens a submenu.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
32 dbaccess%3AMultiLineEdit%3ATP_SUMMARY%3AED_CHANGES 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
45 dbaccess%3APushButton%3ATP_SAVE_DBDOC_AS%3APB_BROWSE_SAVE_AS_LOCATION c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
17 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2 24 Select the condition for the filter.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS 1e Appends a new row of controls.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1 1e Select the numeric field name.
2e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1 1e Select the aggregate function.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS 21 Removes the last row of controls.
30 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY 28 Select to show all records of the query.
2a WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY 31 Select to save the query and open it for editing.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY 20 Displays a summary of the query.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY 25 Select to save and display the query.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE 28 Unesite korisničko ime za pristup bazi.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Ftime 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Fdate 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
39 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2FDateTimeDialog 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
36 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Falignment 9 Alignment
34 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Ftoppage 14 Top of Page (Header)
37 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fbottompage 17 Bottom of Page (Footer)
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagenofm b Page N of M
32 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagen 6 Page N
3d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2FPageNumberDialog 5d You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Page Numbers.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
22 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN f Vert. Alignment
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
34 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
29 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
2b REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
2d REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 5a To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.
2e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE 17 Print when group change
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
41 reportdesign%3AListBox%3ARID_GROUPS_SORTING%3ALST_KEEPTOGETHERLST 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_GROUPSORT_DELETE 29 Removes the selected field from the list.
40 REPORTDESIGN_NUMERICFIELD_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_ED_GROUPINTERVALLST 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
36 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_LST_GROUPONLST 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
35 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_LST_FOOTERLST 28 Select to show or hide the Group Footer.
35 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_LST_HEADERLST 28 Select to show or hide the Group Header.
31 REPORTDESIGN_LISTBOX_RID_GROUPS_SORTING_LST_ORDER 19 Select the sorting order.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_GROUPSORT_MOVE_DOWN 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_GROUPSORT_MOVE_UP 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_GROUPSBRW 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_COLNAME 50 Prikazuje ime odabranog polja podataka. Ako želite, možete unijeti novi naziv.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
2e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME 16 Select the field name.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE 29 Select to save and edit the table design.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME 19 Specifies the table name.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 1c Deletes the selected report.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 1a Renames the selected form.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 1a Deletes the selected form.
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 44 Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 42 Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 1b Deletes the selected query.
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 1c Renames the selected report.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 1b Renames the selected query.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 43 Opens the selected query so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 1b Renames the selected table.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 1b Deletes the selected table.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 43 Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
c FontWork2TBO 2b Enter the Fontwork character spacing value.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 2c Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing window.
c FontWork1TBO 3e Click to apply the alignment to the selected Fontwork objects.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 24 Opens the Fontwork Alignment window.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 6b Switches the letter height of the selected Fontwork objects from normal to the same height for all objects.
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes 64 Opens the Fontwork Shape toolbar. Click a shape to apply the shape to all selected Fontwork objects.
39 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS%3ABTN_KEEPALLOTHERS 39 Keeps the changes of all other users, voids your changes.
35 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS%3ABTN_KEEPOTHER 36 Keeps the change of the other user, voids your change.
37 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS%3ABTN_KEEPALLMINE 30 Keeps all your changes, voids all other changes.
34 sc%3APushButton%3ARID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS%3ABTN_KEEPMINE 2a Keeps your change, voids the other change.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2Fshare dc Enable to share the current document with other users. Disable to use the document unshared. This will invalidate the not yet saved edits that other users applied in the time since you last opened or saved this document.
16 SC_HID_SCDLG_CONFLICTS 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2FShareDocumentDialog 66 Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 66 Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 64 If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 51 Otvara se okvir za dijalog s kojim možete dodavati, uređivati i ukloniti ikone.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2FNewToolbarDialog 51 Otvara se okvir za dijalog s kojim možete dodavati, uređivati i ukloniti ikone.
16 SVX_HID_FM_IS_NOT_NULL e9 Možete urediti filter uvjetima u ovom području izravno kao tekst. Ako želite provjeriti da li je polje sadržaj ili nema sadržaja, možete odabrati filter uvjetima "prazne" (SQL: "Is Null") ili "nije prazna" (SQL: "Is not Null").
19 SVX_HID_FM_FILTER_IS_NULL e9 Možete urediti filter uvjetima u ovom području izravno kao tekst. Ako želite provjeriti da li je polje sadržaj ili nema sadržaja, možete odabrati filter uvjetima "prazne" (SQL: "Is Null") ili "nije prazna" (SQL: "Is not Null").
f SVX_HID_FM_EDIT e9 Možete urediti filter uvjetima u ovom području izravno kao tekst. Ako želite provjeriti da li je polje sadržaj ili nema sadržaja, možete odabrati filter uvjetima "prazne" (SQL: "Is Null") ili "nije prazna" (SQL: "Is not Null").
18 SVX_HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 69 To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the Filter navigation icon on the filter bar.
2f svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FctlFavorites bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FFontworkGalleryDialog bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 96 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
1c .uno%3APreviousTrackedChange 41 Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.
18 .uno%3ANextTrackedChange 3d Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.
22 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_all 35 The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.
27 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Ftemplates_all 3c The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialog.
22 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fmath_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
26 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdatabase_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdraw_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fcalc_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fwriter_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
25 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fimpress_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fall_recent 36 Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialog.
24 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fextensions 36 Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialog.
1e sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fhelp 36 Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialog.
25 sfx2%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2FStartCenter 36 Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialog.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 36 Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialog.
c .uno%3AAbout 4b Displays general program information such as version number and copyrights.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate ee Enable an Internet connection for %PRODUCTNAME. If you need a Proxy, check the %PRODUCTNAME Proxy settings in Tools - Options - Internet. Then choose Check for Updates to check for the availability of a newer version of your office suite.
12 .uno%3AShowCredits d3 Displays the CREDITS.odt document which lists the names of individuals who have contributed to OpenOffice.org source code (and whose contributions were imported into LibreOffice) or LibreOffice since 2010-09-28.
12 .uno%3AShowLicense 34 Displays the Licensing and Legal information dialog.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 4a Opens the main page of the $[officename] Help for the current application.
13 .uno%3ASendFeedback 4f Opens a feedback form in the web browser, where users can report software bugs.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 4c The Help menu allows you to start and control the $[officename] Help system.
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 47 Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer till the next click.
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 41 The Standard bar is available in every $[officename] application.
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar 49 Traka za slike je prikazana kad unesete ili izaberete sliku na stranici..
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 34 Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 15 Creates a new record.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 20 Allows you to undo a data entry.
e .uno%3ARecSave 41 Saves a new data entry. The change is registered in the database.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 1d Takes you to the last record.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 1d Takes you to the next record.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 40 Deletes a record. A query needs to be confirmed before deleting.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 21 Takes you to the previous record.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 1e Takes you to the first record.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 59 Shows the number of the current record. Enter a number to go to the corresponding record.
e .uno%3AGridUse 3d Specifies that you can move objects only between grid points.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 19 Closes a line or a curve.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 4d This icon converts a corner point or a smooth point into a symmetrical point.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 41 Converts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point.
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 3c Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 39 Converts the selected point or points into corner points.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 76 The Split Curve icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 4f Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete a8 Use the Delete Points icon to delete one or several selected points. If you wish to select several points click the appropriate points while holding down the Shift key.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 41 Activates the insert mode. This mode allows you to insert points.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 2e Activates a mode in which you can move points.
12 HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX 53 The Edit Points Bar appears when you select a polygon object and click Edit Points.
1a CUI_HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 18 Select an entry to edit.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Femail 19 Type your e-mail address.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Femail 19 Type your e-mail address.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Ffax 23 Type your fax number in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fwork 24 Type your work number in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fhome 31 Type your private telephone number in this field.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fposition 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fposition 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ftitle 1e Type your title in this field.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffax 23 Type your fax number in this field.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Feastfirstname 15 Type your first name.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstate 10 Type your state.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Feastlastname 14 Type your last name.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Ficity 1d Type the city where you live.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ficity 1d Type the city where you live.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fizip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstreet 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fizip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcompany 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ftitle 1e Type your title in this field.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fstreet 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Frusshortname 13 Type your initials.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Flastname 14 Type your last name.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffax 23 Type your fax number in this field.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fshortname 13 Type your initials.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Feastshortname 13 Type your initials.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname 13 Type your initials.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Frusfirstname 15 Type your first name.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstreet 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fizip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fruslastname 14 Type your last name.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ficity 1d Type the city where you live.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname 14 Type your last name.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 10 Type your state.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Femail 19 Type your e-mail address.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcity 1d Type the city where you live.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fzip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2FOptUserPage 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fstate 10 Type your state.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffirstname 15 Type your first name.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname 15 Type your first name.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fsaveas b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_inet 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdoctype 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_fsys 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fuserautosave 8d Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves all open documents when saving auto recovery information. Uses the same time interval as AutoRecovery does.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave_spin 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fodfversion fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fbackup d5 Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time %PRODUCTNAME creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fwarnalienformat c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdocinfo 5b Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_docprinter 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Falienwarndialog%2Fask c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_settings 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 72 In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fedit 36 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fdefault 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fpaths 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2FOptPathsPage 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fadd 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fadd 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fpaths 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fpaths 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptions 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsdelete 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fnameedit 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
3a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2FOptNewDictionaryDialog 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fdelete 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Freplace a6 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptionsedit 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsedit 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fbook 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
36 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2FEditDictionaryDialog 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fexcept 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Flanguage 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Flang 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsnew 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoptions%2FBreakNumberOption 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
2c cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fnewreplace a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodules 28 Contains the installed language modules.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodulesedit 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fword 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2FOptLinguPage 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fback 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fdown 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fup 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
27 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flanguage 25 Specifies the language of the module.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flingudicts 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fsave 63 Opens the Save As dialog, which enables you to save the current color table under a specified name.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fload 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fedit 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fmodify 1a Changes the current color.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fadd 11 Adds a new color.
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FB 4 Blue
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FR 3 Red
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fmodellb 5c To modify, select the color model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FG 5 Green
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fcolorlb 51 Contains a list of available colors. To select a color, choose one from the list.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fname 69 Specifies the name of a selected color. You can also type a name in this field when defining a new color.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FColorPage 5e Allows you to select a color from a color table, edit an existing color, or define new colors.
33 svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_SATURATION 2b Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.
2b svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_KEY 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
32 svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_LUMINANCE 2b Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.
2c svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_HUE 24 Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.
31 cui%3AMetricField%3ARID_SVXPAGE_COLOR%3AMTR_FLD_4 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
2d svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_BLUE 31 Sets the Blue color value in the RGB color model.
2e svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_YELLOW 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
2e svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_GREEN 32 Sets the Green color value in the RGB color model.
2c svtools%3ANumericField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_RED 30 Sets the Red color value in the RGB color model.
2f svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_MAGENTA 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
2c svtools%3AMetricField%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_CYAN 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
28 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_2 b7 Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.
28 svtools%3APushButton%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_1 b7 Click the <-- button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fyear 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ffiledlg 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fdocstatus 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fexthelp 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftooltips 86 Displays the icon names and more bubble help information, for example, chapter names when you scroll through a document with chapters.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 31 Specifies the general settings for $[officename].
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontheight 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fnonpropfontonly 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontname 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fdelete 26 Deletes the selected font replacement.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fapply 26 Applies the selected font replacement.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont2 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont1 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fchecklb f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fusetable 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2FOptFontsPage a4 Zamjeni font za font vašeg izbora. Zamjena se desi samo na fontu koji je na ekranu ili kad se vrši ispis. Ne mijenja font koji je određen pri snimanju dokumenta.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ftransmf 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaccel 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
12 .uno%3ARefreshView 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
19 .uno%3ARestoreEditingView 87 Specifies whether to restore the last used document view. Many view properties valid when the document was last saved will be restored.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ftrans b0 If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent color. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colors.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfonthistory 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmenuicons a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfontpreview 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fsystemfont 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonstyle 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousepos 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaa af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonsize 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fwindowsize 62 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2FOptViewPage 17 Specifies view options.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpapersize 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradcolor 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstripes 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ftrans 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmaptrans 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapresol 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapdpi 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2d sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapoptimal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstep 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmap 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fconverttogray 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fprinter 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransnone 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapnormal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransauto 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpaperorient 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetrans a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ffile 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegrad 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2FOptPrintPage 24 Specifies the print setting options.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fsystray 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Folecache 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjecttime 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fquicklaunch 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjectcache 64 Specifies that objects which are larger than the selected megabytes will not be placed in the cache.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fgraphiccache 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fundo 5b You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2FOptMemoryPage 51 Defines the settings for the graphics cache and the number of steps you can undo.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fdelete 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorconfig 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
27 CUI_HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 22 Enter a name for the color scheme.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fsave 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorschemelb 29 Selects the color scheme you want to use.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2FOptAppearancePage 35 Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.
38 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fsystempagepreviewcolor 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautofontcolor 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautodetecthc 5c Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftiphelptimeoutnf 35 Enter the number of seconds to display the Help tips.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftiphelptimeout 3f Hides the Help tips after the number of seconds that you enter.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedtext 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedgraphics 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftextselinreadonly 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Facctool e1 Allows you to use assistive tools, such as external screen readers, Braille devices or speech recognition input devices. The Java Runtime Environment must be installed on your computer before you can enable assistive support.
36 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2FOptAccessibilityPage 83 Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftpport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttpsport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fnoproxy 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftp 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttps 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttpport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fproxymode 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttp 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2FOptProxyPage 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptbrowserpage%2Fdisplay c4 Enables the Browser Plug-in to show %PRODUCTNAME documents in a browser window. Select, click OK, then restart your browser. Then, in the browser window, click any %PRODUCTNAME document hyperlink.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptbrowserpage%2FOptBrowserPage c4 Enables the Browser Plug-in to show %PRODUCTNAME documents in a browser window. Select, click OK, then restart your browser. Then, in the browser window, click any %PRODUCTNAME document hyperlink.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmacro 29 Otvara Sigurnost makroa dijaloški okvir.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fchange 4b Otvara dijalog gdje možete vidjeti i promijeniti lozinku za odabrani unos.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremoveall 1a Ukloni sve unose sa liste.
40 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2FStoredWebConnectionDialog 1e Ukloni odabrani unos sa liste.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Foptions 39 Otvara "Sigurnosne opcije i upozorenja" dijaloški okvir.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fconnections 77 Traži glavnu lozinku. Ako je glavna lozinka tačna, prikazuje dijaloški okvir informacija o spasenim web konekcijama.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 15 Unesi glavnu lozinku.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 1c Unesi glavnu lozinku ponovo.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenpdf 99 Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite pretvoriti dokument u PDF format koji prikazuje spasene promjene u Writer, ili koji prikazuje blijeske
39 cui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2FSetMasterPasswordDialog 15 Unesi glavnu lozinku.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2FSecurityOptionsDialog 85 Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite spasiti ili poslati dokument koji sadrži spasene promjene, verzije, ili blijeske.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fsavepassword ba Ako je omogućeno, %PRODUCTNAME će sigurno spasiti sve lozinke koje koristite da pristupite dokumentima iz web servera. Možete dobiti lozinke sa liste nakon sto ukucate glavnu lozinku.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fpassword a9 Odaberite da biste uvijek omogućili Spasi sa lozinkom opciju u dijaloškom okviru za spasavanje dokumenta. Odznacite opciju da spasite dokument standardno, bez lozinke.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fremovepersonal df Odaberite da uvijek uklonite podatke o korisniku iz postavki dokumenta. Ako opcija nije odabrana, i dalje možete ukloniti privatne podatke za trenutni dokument pritiskom na Poništi dugme na Datoteka - Osobine - Općenito.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremove 1e Ukloni odabrani unos sa liste.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2FMasterPasswordDialog 22 Unesi glavnu lozinku da nastavite.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fsavesenddocs 85 Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite spasiti ili poslati dokument koji sadrži spasene promjene, verzije, ili blijeske.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhensigning bc Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite potpisati dokument koji sadrži spasene promjene, verzije,polja, reference na druge izvore(npr. Povezane sekcije ili slike) ili blijeske.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fctrlclick 87 Ako je omogućen, morate držati Ctrl tipku dok klikate na hiperlink da slijedite taj link. Ako nije omogućeno, klik otvara hiperlink.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2FOptSecurityPage 76 Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenprinting 72 Odaberite da vidite dijalog upozorenja kad želite štampati dokument koji sadrži spasene promjene ili blijeske..
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmasterpassword 34 Otvara dijaloški okvir za unošenje glavne lozinke.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fprintextension 55 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document is exported as well.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsavegrflocal dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasic 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fcharset 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
28 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fignorefontnames 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Funknowntag 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fexport 32 Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize7 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize6 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize5 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasicwarning 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize4 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize3 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize2 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fnumbersenglishus d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize1 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2FOptHtmlPage 20 Defines settings for HTML pages.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fmeasureunit 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fdrawings 3a Prikazuje crteže i kontrole sadržane u Vašem dokumentu.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ffieldcodes 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 9e Da prikažete granice tabele, desnim klikom idite na bilo koju tabelu i odaberite Granice tabele, ili odaberite Tabela - Tabela Boundaries u Writer dokumentu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ftables 2e Prikazuje tabele sadržane u Vašem dokumentu.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fgraphics 40 Specifies whether to display graphics and objects on the screen.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulerright 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhelplines ab Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhruler 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulercombobox 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fruler 59 Enables the rulers. Use the following two check boxes to select the ruler(s) to be shown.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fsmoothscroll 2f Aktivira funkciju za lagano pomicanje stranice.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fcomments dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvscrollbar 24 Prikazuje vertikalnu pomičnu traku.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvruler 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhscrollbar 26 Prikazuje horizontalnu pomičnu traku.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhrulercombobox 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2FViewOptionsPage 87 Definise standardne postavke za prikazivanje objekata u Vašem tekstualnom dokumentu i takođe standardne postavke za elemente prozora.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fdoconly 3f Specifies that the settings apply to the current document only.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelbox 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitlebox 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Findexheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fidxbox 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitleheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistbox 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardbox 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2FOptFontTabPage 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fpapertray a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fendpage 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fend 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fonly 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fnone 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fleftpages 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ftextplaceholder 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frightpages 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ffax 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frtl 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbackground 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2FPrintOptionsPage 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbrochure 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fhiddentext 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fformcontrols 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finblack 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
36 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fgraphics 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fblankpages 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
40 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffix 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffixprop 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolinsert 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowmove 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumalignment 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumformatting 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fvar 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowinsert 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumfmtformatting 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
1d .uno%3ATableNumberRecognition 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fborder 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fdontsplit 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frepeatheader 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolmove 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fheader 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2FOptTablePage 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillspace 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillmargin 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursoronoff 1c Activates the direct cursor.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentextfield 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursorinprot 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fbreak 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillindent 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ftabs 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentext 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fnonbreak af Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddenparafield 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fspaces 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffilltab 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhyphens 166 Specifies whether user-defined delimiters are displayed. These are hidden delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with user-defined delimiters are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a user-defined delimiter has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fparagraph 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2FOptFormatAidsPage 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkcolor 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchangedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeletedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkpos 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsertcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchanged 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeleted ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsert 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2FOptRedLinePage 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fsquaremode 47 When this setting is enabled, the text grid will look like square page.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fmetric 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatefields c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fnever 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatecharts be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fneverrb 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftab 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fonrequest 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Frequestrb 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Falways 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falwaysrb 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fusecharunit 99 When this setting is enabled, the measurement units of indents and spacing on Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing tab will be character (ch) and line.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2Fdefault 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
38 sd%3ACheckBox%3ATP_OPTIONS_MISC%3ACB_USE_PRINTER_METRICS 67 Određuje da su metrike štampača primijenjene za štampanje i isto za formatiranje prikaza na ekranu.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2FOptCompatPage 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcharstyle 15 Određuje stil znaka.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fposition 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumbering 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcategory 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fapplyborder 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fobjects 48 Odaberi vrstu objekta za koji će opcije AutomatskogOpisa biti važeće.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Flevel 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2FOptCaptionPage 48 Odaberi vrstu objekta za koji će opcije AutomatskogOpisa biti važeće.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2f Postavlja vidljivu mrežu ispred svih objekata.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsynchronize 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 33 Postavlja upute (brze linije) ispred svih objekata.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisiony 3b Odredi broj srednjih tački između tački mreže na Y-osi.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisionx 3b Odredi broj srednjih tački između tački mreže na X-osi.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawx 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fgridvisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
12 .uno%3AGridVisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawy 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fusegridsnap 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2FOptGridPage cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions fb Definiše razne postavke za tablice za računanje, sadržaje koji će biti prikazani, i pravac kursora nakon upisa u ćeliju. Možete isto definisati i spiskove za redanje, utvrditi broj decimalnih mjesta i postavke za snimanje i označavanje izmjena.
14 .uno%3AScEditOptions fb Definiše razne postavke za tablice za računanje, sadržaje koji će biti prikazani, i pravac kursora nakon upisa u ćeliju. Možete isto definisati i spiskove za redanje, utvrditi broj decimalnih mjesta i postavke za snimanje i označavanje izmjena.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Ftblreg 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fhscroll 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdraw 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fsynczoom 94 Ako je označeno, svi papiri su prikazani sa istim faktorom zumiranja. Ako nije označeno, svaki papir može imati svoje sopstveni faktor zumiranja.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvscroll 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frowcolheader 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fnil 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdiagram 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 60 Da bi prikazali napomenu trajno, odaberite Prikaži napomenu komandu iz sadržaj menija ćelija.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvalue 111 Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fannot d1 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fclipmark f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fobjgrf 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fformula 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frangefind bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fbreak 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fanchor 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fcolor 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Foutline 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fgrid db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fguideline 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FTpViewPage 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Freplwarncb 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fmarkhdrcb 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fformatcb 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
13 .uno%3ASetInputMode 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Feditmodecb 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falignlb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Faligncb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftabmf 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftextfmtcb 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fexprefcb f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Funitlb 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2FScGeneralPage 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fadd 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fdiscard 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fnew 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopy 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fdelete 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopyfrom 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fentries 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Flists 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2FOptSortLists 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Fcolumns 49 Odaberi  Kolone  opciju da rezimirate sadržaj odabranih kolona u spisku.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Frows 49 Odaberi  Redovi  opciju da rezimirate sadržaj odabranih redova u spisku.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2FColOrRowDialog 3f Omogućava vam da kopirate označene ćelije u poredani spisak.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fgeneralprec dd You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fprec ae Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the General number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Flookup cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fregex 68 Specifies that regular expressions are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fmatch 117 Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcalc 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcase 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdate1904 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatesc10 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatestd 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fminchange ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fiterate a7 Određuje da li su formule sa iterativnim referencama (formule koje su konstantno ponovljene dok se problem ne riješi) izračunate nakon određenom broja ponavljanja.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fsteps 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2FOptCalculatePage 109 Definiše postavke računanja za tablice za računanje. Definiše ponašanje tablica za računanje sa iterativnim referencama, postavkama datuma, brojem decimalnih mjesta, ili ako su velika slova ili manji slučajevi uzeti u obzir dok pretražujete unutar stranica.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fentries 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Finsertions 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fdeletions 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fchanges 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2FOptChangesPage 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FprintCB e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FsuppressCB 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FoptCalcPrintPage 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2FOptCompatibilityPage 34 Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2FOptFormula 35 Defines formula syntax options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2FOptDefaultPage 37 Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fhandlesbezier ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fdragstripes 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
14 .uno%3AHelplinesMove 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fmoveoutline 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fruler 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2FSdViewPage 26 Specifies the available display modes.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldangle 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
21 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fbigortho 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldsnaparea cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnappoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
11 .uno%3ASnapPoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapframe 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldbezangle 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
10 .uno%3ASnapFrame 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
1f svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Frotate 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
1e svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fortho 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapborder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
26 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnaphelplines 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
11 .uno%3ASnapBorder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
16 SD_HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpapertryfrmprntrcb 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbackcb 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbrouchrb 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftilepgrb a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffittopgrb 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagedefaultrb 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fblackwhiterb 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffrontcb 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fgrayscalerb 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdefaultrb 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftimecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fhiddenpgcb 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdatecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagenmcb 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fprntopts 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FscaleBox 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Funits 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fdistrotcb 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fcopywhenmove 69 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key (Mac: Command key).
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fbackgroundback 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fstartwithwizard 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FmetricFields 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fobjalwymov a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Ftextselected 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fqickedit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FcbCompatibility 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FOptSavePage 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fzoom 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fframe 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fnorightspaces 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftext 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizenormal 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftitle 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizezoomed 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizescaled 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2FSmathSettings 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fdefault 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fcolors 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2FOptChartColorsPage 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fpp_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fpp_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2FOptFltrPage 81 Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fchecklbcontainer ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2FOptFilterPage ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasiansupport 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrentdoc 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcomplexlanguage 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasianlanguage 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fignorelanguagechange dd Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdatepatterns cd Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrencylb 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fctlsupport 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fwesternlanguage 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdecimalseparator 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Flocalesetting 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fuserinterface c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2FOptLanguagesPage 4b Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fend 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstart 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstandard 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctkanacompression 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctcompression 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Flanguage 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fnocompression 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharpunctkerning 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharkerning 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2FOptAsianPage 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignorepunctuation 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchbavahafa 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchiaiya 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchseshezeje 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchkiku 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchtsithichidhizi 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignoremiddledot 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchdiziduzu 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchcontractions 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchvariantformkanji 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatcholdkanaforms 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchrepeatcharmarks 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchminusdashchoon 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchhiraganakatakana 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchprolongedsoundmark 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignorewhitespace 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchfullhalfwidth 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchhyuiyubyuvyu 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchcase 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2FOptJSearchPage 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fnumerals b5 Bira vrstu brojeva koji se koriste unutar teksta, teksta u objektima, poljima i kontrolama, u svim %PRODUCTNAME modulima. Samo sadržaji ćelija u %PRODUCTNAME Calc se ne mijenjaju.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementvisual 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementlogical b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Frestricted 4b Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fsequencechecking 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2FOptCTLPage 40 Definira opcije za dokumente sa složenim dizajnom teksta (CTL).
24 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Ftimeout 48 Definira vrijeme u sekundama nakon kojeg je ujedinjena veza oslobođena.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fenablepooling 86 Izaberite pokretač (pogonski program) iz liste i označite Omogući ujedinjenje za ovaj pokretač okvir da bi ujedinili njegovu vezu.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fconnectionpooling 31 Određuje hoće li odabrane veze biti ujedinjene.
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSBROWSER_DISCONNECTING 31 Određuje hoće li odabrane veze biti ujedinjene.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fdelete 1f Briše izabrane ulaze iz liste.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fnew 40 Otvara Link Baze Podataka dijaloški prozor da kreira novi ulaz.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fedit 4b Otvara Link Baze Podataka dijaloški prozor za uređivanje odabranih ulaza.
17 CUI_HID_DBPATH_CTL_PATH 77 Izlistava registrovano ime i datoteku baze podataka svih registrovanih baza podataka. Duplo kliknite ulaz da editujete.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fname 54 Unesite ime za bazu podataka. %PRODUCTNAME koristi ovo ime za pristup bazi podataka.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fbrowse 57 Otvara dijaloški prozor sa datotekama u kojem možete izabrati datoteku baze podataka.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2FDatabaseLinkDialog 57 Otvara dijaloški prozor sa datotekama u kojem možete izabrati datoteku baze podataka.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fclasspath 25 Otvara Stazu Klase dijaloški prozor.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavas c4 Bira JRE koji želite koristiti. Na nekim sistemima, morate sačekati minutu dok se lista ne popuni. Na nekim sistemima, morate ponovo pokrenuti %PRODUCTNAME da bi koristili promijenjene postavke.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fparameters 2e Otvara Java Start Parametri dijaloški prozor.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fadd 38 Dodajte stazu do izvorne mape JRE-a na vašem računaru.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavaenabled 43 Omogućava vam pokretanje Java aplikacija i appleta u %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2FOptAdvancedPage 43 Omogućava vam pokretanje Java aplikacija i appleta u %PRODUCTNAME.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fremove 5b Izaberite arhivu ili mapu na listi i kliknite Ukloni da bi uklonili objekat iz staze klase.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Ffolder 2c Izaberite mapu i dodajte mapu u stazu klase.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Farchive 54 Izaberite datoteku iz arhive u rar ili zip formatu i dodajte datoteku u stazu klase.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fpaths 36 Određuje lokaciju klasa Jave i biblioteka klasa Jave.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2FJavaClassPath 36 Određuje lokaciju klasa Jave i biblioteka klasa Jave.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fremovebtn 27 Briše izabrani JRE početni parametar.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignbtn 31 Dodajte aktualni JRE početni parametar na listu.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignlist 7c Izlistava pridružene JRE početne parametre. Da bi uklonili početni parametar, izaberite parametar i onda kliknite Ukloni.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fparameterfield a2 Unesite početni parametar za JRE kao što bi to uradili na komandnoj liniji. Kliknite Doznaci da bi dodali parametar na listu raspoloživih početnih parametara.
3a cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2FJavaStartParameters a2 Unesite početni parametar za JRE kao što bi to uradili na komandnoj liniji. Kliknite Doznaci da bi dodali parametar na listu raspoloživih početnih parametara.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Flow dd Makro može biti postavljen da bude auto-start, i može izvršiti potencijalno štetne akcije, kao na primjer izbrisati ili preimenovati datoteke. Ova postavka nije preporučljiva kada otvarate dokumente od drugih autora.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fmed fc Povjerljivi izvori mogu biti postavljeni na kartici Povjerljivi Izvori. Potpisani makro iz povjerljivog izvora su dozvoljeni. Također, bilo koji makro iz povjerljive lokacije datoteka je dozvoljen da se pokrene. Svi drugi makroi moraju dobiti potvrdu.
26 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fhigh de Povjerljivi izvori mogu biti postavljeni na Povjerljivi Izvori tab stranici. Samo potpisani makroi iz povjerljivih izvora su dozvoljeni. Također, svakom makrou iz povjerljive lokacije datoteka je dozvoljeno da se pokrene.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fvhigh 8f Povjerljive lokacije datoteka se mogu postaviti na Povjerljivi Izvori stranicu. Bilo koji makro iz povjerljive lokacije datoteka su dozvoljeni.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2FSecurityLevelPage 8f Povjerljive lokacije datoteka se mogu postaviti na Povjerljivi Izvori stranicu. Bilo koji makro iz povjerljive lokacije datoteka su dozvoljeni.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovefile 35 Uklanja izabrane mape iz liste povjerljivih lokacija.
29 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Faddfile 6e Otvara selekciju mapa dijaloški prozor. Izaberite mapu iz koje je svim makroima dozvoljeno da budu izvršeni.
2b xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Flocations ca Povjerljive lokacije datoteka se koriste samo ako je sigurnosni nivo postavljen na "jako visoko". Sa ovom postavkom, makroi dokumenata su izvršeni samo ako su otvoreni iz jedne od slijedećih lokacija.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fviewcert 43 Otvara Pogled Certifikati dijaloški prozor za izabrani certifikat.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fcertificates 22 Izlistava povjerljive certifikate.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovecert 3f Uklanja izabrane certifikate iz liste povjerljivih certifikata.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2FSecurityTrustPage 22 Izlistava povjerljive certifikate.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Ftest 66 Otvara Postavke za Testiranje Korisničkog Računa dijaloški prozor za testiranje aktualnih postavki.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fport 12 Unesite SMTP port.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplyto 21 Unesite e-mail adresu za odgovor.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserver 19 Unesite SMTP ime servera.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplytocb 84 Koristi e-mail adresu koju unesete u polje Adresa za odgovor kao e-mail adresu na koju će biti poslan eventualni odgovor na poruku.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserverauthentication 94 Otvara dijaloški prozor Provjera vjerodostojnosti servera u kojem možete odrediti postavke za provjeru vjerodostojnosti servera za siguran e-mail.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Faddress 28 Unesite vašu e-mail adresu za odgovore.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fdisplayname 12 Unesite vaše ime.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fsecure 39 Kada je dostupno, koristi sigurnu vezu za slanje e-maila.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2FMailConfigPage 12 Unesite vaše ime.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchecknow 21 Provjera će biti izvršena sada.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feverymonth 2d Provjera će biti izvršena jednom mjesečno.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryday 2a Provjera će biti izvršena jednom dnevno.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautocheck 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryweek 4a Provjera će biti izvršena jednom sedmično. Ovo je dodijeljena postavka.
34 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2FOptOnlineUpdatePage 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finpassword 10 Unesite lozinku.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finusername 27 Unesite korisničko ime za IMAP server.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fimap 33 Određuje da server za prijem e-maila koristi IMAP.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fport 26 Unesite port na POP3 ili IMAP serveru.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fserver 36 Unesite naziv vašeg POP 3 ili IMAP servera za e-mail.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fsmtpafterpop 56 Izaberite ako je potrebno da prvo pročitate e-mail prije nego možete poslati e-mail.
43 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Foutpassword 23 Unesite lozinku za korisničko ime.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fusername 27 Unesite korisničko ime za SMTP server.
4e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fseparateauthentication 44 Izaberite ako vaš SMTP server zahtijeva korisničko ime  i lozinku.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fpop3 34 Određuje da server za prijem e-maila koristi POP 3.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fauthentication 53 Omogućava provjeru autentičnosti koja je potrebna za slanje e-maila preko SMTP-a.
54 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2FAuthenticationSettingsDialog 53 Omogućava provjeru autentičnosti koja je potrebna za slanje e-maila preko SMTP-a.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Fstop 3d Kliknite Zaustavi tipku da zaustavite testiranje svojeručno.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Ferrors 73 U prozoru sa listom Greške možete pročitati objašnjenje bilo koje greške pronađene tokom testiranja postavki.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2FTestMailSettings 73 U prozoru sa listom Greške možete pročitati objašnjenje bilo koje greške pronađene tokom testiranja postavki.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2FCertPage 6d Staza Certifikata stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje lokaciju i status certifikata.
1f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fstatus 6d Staza Certifikata stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje lokaciju i status certifikata.
23 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fsignatures 6d Staza Certifikata stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje lokaciju i status certifikata.
3f xmlsecurity%3AMultiLineEdit%3ARID_XMLSECTP_DETAILS%3AML_ELEMENT 6b Koristite prozor sa listom vrijednosti da bi vidjeli vrijednosti i kopirali ih u međuspremnik (clipboard).
21 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_DETAILS 68 Detalji stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje detaljne informacije o certifikatu.
24 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_ELEMENTS 68 Detalji stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje detaljne informacije o certifikatu.
21 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_GENERAL 68 Detalji stranica u Pogledaj certifikat dijaloškom prozoru prikazuje detaljne informacije o certifikatu.
